CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Solubility And Solubility Product

Solubility And Solubility Product

The terms ‘solubility’ and ‘solubility product’ are often used in the context of the dissolution of a solute in a liquid. It is important to note that these two terms do not have the same meaning and therefore cannot be used interchangeably.

Comparison between solubility and solubility product:

  • The term solubility applies to all kinds of solutes (ionic, neutral, sparingly soluble, or highly soluble) whereas the term solubility product is mainly used for sparingly soluble compounds.
  • The solubility of a solute in a solution may change due to common ion effects or formation of complex salt but its solubility product remains constant at a fixed temperature.
  • Both solubility and solubility products of a solute in a liquid change with the temperature variation.

Solubility products of sparingly soluble salts

Salts having solubilities less than 0.01 mol-L-1 at ordinary temperature are commonly known as sparingly soluble salts. Some examples of such salts are AgCl, BaSO4, CaSO4, etc. A salt of this type in its saturated aqueous solution remains virtually insoluble and only a small part of it gets dissolved but the dissolved portion of the salt, however small it may be, gets completely dissociated.

Read and Learn More CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Solubility Product:

The Solubility Product of A sparingly soluble salt at a given temperature is defined as the product of the molar concentrations of the constituent ions in its saturated solution, each concentration term raised to a power representing the number of ions of that type produced by dissociation of one formula unit of the salt.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes Solubility and Solubility Product

Characteristics of solubility product:

  • At a particular temperature, the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt has a fixed value. Its value changes with temperature variation.
  • At a particular temperature, the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt in its saturated solution remains unaltered if the concentrations of the constituent ions are changed. It remains fixed even in the presence of other ions in the solution.

Equation of solubility product:

Let’s consider the equilibrium that exists in a saturated solution of the sparingly soluble salt, AxBy. In this solution, undissolved AxBy remains in equilibrium with the ions (A+ and B- ) produced from the dissociation of dissolved AxBy.

⇒ \(\mathrm{A}_x \mathrm{~B}_y(s \text {, undissolved }) \rightleftharpoons x \mathrm{~A}^{y+}(a q)+y \mathrm{~B}^{x-}(a q)\)

Applying the law of mass action we have, an equilibrium constant,

⇒ \(K=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}^{y+}\right]^x \times\left[\mathrm{B}^{x-}\right]^y}{\left[\mathrm{~A}_x \mathrm{~B}_y(s)\right]}\)

Where, [Ay+], [Bx-], and [Ax By(s)] are the molar concentrations of Ay+,B+-– and AxBy(s) respectively, at equilibrium.

Now, the molar concentration of pure solid at a particular temperature is constant. Again, at a given temperature, the equilibrium constant, K is also constant.

So, at a given temperature, K  ×  [Ax × By(s)] = constant.

∴ K ×  [Ax × By(s)]=[Ay+]x ×  [Bx-]y

Or Ksp = [Ay+] × [Bx-]y [ sp = solubility product ]

Where, Ksp = K ×  [Ax By(s)] = constant.

Ksp is called the solubility product or solubility product constant of the sparingly soluble salt, AxBy.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Equations Of Solubility

Relation between solubility and solubility product

In case of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB: Equilibrium formed by a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB in its saturated aqueous solution:

AB(s) ⇌ A+ (aq) + B(aq)

∴ The solubility product of, Ksp = [A+] × [B+]

Let the solubility of the salt, AB, in its saturated aqueous solution at a given temperature be S mol.L-1

Hence, in the solution, the molar concentration of A+ ions [A+] = S mol.L-1 and that of B ions, [B-] = S mol.L-1 [v one formula unit of AB on dissociation gives one A+ and one B ion].

∴ Ksp = [A+][B] = S ×  S = S2

∴ Ksp  = s2 ……………………….. (1)

and S = \(\sqrt{K_{s p}}\)……………………… (2)

Equation (1) is the relation between the solubility the and solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB.

Equation (2) indicates that the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt, AB is equal to the square root of its solubilityproduct.

Example: AgCl is a sparingly soluble salt. In a saturated solution of AgCl, the following equilibrium is formed:

⇒ \(\mathrm{AgCl}(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\)

So, the solubility product of AgCl, Ksp = [Ag2+] × [Cl]

Suppose, at a certain temperature, the solubility of AgCl in its saturated aqueous solution = S mol.L-1. Hence, in the solution,

[Ag+] tS mol.L-1 and [Cl] = S mol.L-1

∴ Ksp  = [Ag+] × [Cl] = S × S = S²

Similarly, in the case of other sparingly soluble salts ofthe type AB (CaSO4, BaSO4, AgBr, etc.), Ksp = S²

In the case of a sparingly soluble salt of type AB2:

The following equilibrium exists in a saturated aqueous solution of a sparingly soluble salt of the type AB2:

⇒ \(\mathrm{AB}_2(s) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{A}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~B}^{-}(a q)\)

The solubility product of AB2, Ksp = [A2+] × [B]2

Let the solubility of AB2 in its saturated solution at a given temperature be S mol.L-1. Therefore, in the solution, [A2+] = S mol-L-1, [B] = 2S mol.L-1 formula unit of AB2 dissociates into one A2+ ion and two B_ ions].

∴ Ksp = [A2+] × [B]2 = S ×  (2S)2 = 4S3

∴ Ksp = 4S3 …………………………..(1)

Equation (1) represents the relation between the solubility and the solubility product of the sparingly soluble salt AB2.

Example:

In a saturated aqueous solution of CaF2, the following equilibrium exist:

CaF2(s) ⇌  Ca2+(aq) + 2F(aq)

The solubility product of CaF2, Ksp = [Ca2+] [F]2 Let the solubility of CaF2 in its saturated aqueous solution at a certain temperature = S mol.L-1. So, in the saturated solution,

[Ca2+] = S mol.L-1 and [F] =2S mol.L-1

Ksp = [Ca2+ ] ×  [F]2 = S ×  (2S)2 = 4S3

Similarly, in the case of other sparingly soluble salts ofthe type

AB2 (BaF2, PbCl2, etc.), Ksp= 4S3

In case sparingly soluble salt of the type AxBy :

In a saturated aqueous solution of a salt of the type AxBy, the following equilibrium is established:

AxBy (s) ⇌ xAy+(aq) + y Bx-(aq)

∴ The solubility product of AxBy,

Ksp = [Ay+]x×  [Bx-]y

Suppose, the solubility of its saturated solution is = S mol.L-1

Hence, in the solution, [Ay+] = xS mol-L-1 and [Bx- ] = yS mol.L-1

Since one formula unit of AxBy dissociates into x number of Ay+ and y number of Bx- ions]

∴ Ksp = [Ay+]x×  [Bx-]y

= (xS)x × (yS)y=(xx yy) Sx+y

∴ Ksp = xx yy(S)x+y

Solubility and Solubility Product Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Equation [1] represents the relation between the solubility and the solubility product of sparingly soluble salt AxBy

Relation between solubility (s) and solubility product (k) of some sparingly soluble salts:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Relation Between solubility

Values of solubility  products (Ksp) of some sparingly soluble salt at 25 °C:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Values of solubility

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Values of solubility.

Common Ion Effect On The Solubility Of A Sparingly Soluble Salt 

In a saturated solution of a sparingly soluble salt, if a strong electrolyte having a common ion is added, then the solubility of the sparingly soluble salt decreases.

Hence, the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt in an aqueous solution of a salt having a common ion is less than its solubility m pure water.

Example:

The solubility of AgCl in an aqueous 0.1(M) KCl solution is less than its solubility in pure water. Here, the communion is Clion

Explanation:

 The following equilibrium is established in the saturated aqueous solution of, AgCl

The solubility product of AgCl, Ksp = [Ag+] × [Cl]. At a certain temperature, the value of Ksp is constant. Hence, the product of molar concentrations [Ag+] × [Cl] ) of

Ag+ and Cl are always constant at a particular temperature.

Therefore, if the molar concentration of one of the ions between Ag+ and Cl is increased, then the molar concentration of the other will be decreased to maintain a constant value of Ksp.

Let strong electrolyte KCl (having common ion Cl ) be added to the saturated solution AgCl. This will increase the molar concentration of the common ion (Cl) in the solution.

According to Le Chatelier’s principle, to maintain the constancy of Ksp some of the Cl ions combine with an equal number of Ag+ ions to form solid AgCl. This causes the equilibrium to shift to the left. As a result, the solubility of AgCl in the solution decreases.

At the new equilibrium, [Cl] << [Ag+], and the solubility of AgCl becomes equal to [Ag+]. If an aqueous AgNO3 solution instead of KCl is added to the saturated solution of AgCl, then the solubility of AgCl will also decrease because of the communion (Ag+) effect.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Solubility and Solubility Product

Increase in solubility due to the presence of common ion:

AgCN is a sparingly soluble salt and its solubility increases when KCN is added to its aqueous solution. However, this increase in solubility does not contradict the principle of solubility product.

KCN reacts with sparingly soluble AgCN, and forms a water-soluble complex, K [Ag(CN)2]. Thus, the solubility of AgCN increases.

KCN(aq) + AgCN(aq) K [Ag(CN)2] (aq) A similar phenomenon is observed in the case of mercuric iodide (Hgl2).

It shows greater solubility in an aqueous KI solution due to the formation of a water-soluble complex, 2KI[HgI4].

2KI(aq) + Hgl2 (aq) ⇌  K2 [HgI4](aq)

Effect of pH on solubility

The solubility of salts of weak acids like phosphate increases at lower pH. This is because, at a lower pH, the concentration of the anion decreases due to its protonation. This in mm increases the solubility of that salt.

Example: Consider the solubility equilibrium:

CaF2(s) ⇌ Ca2++(aq) + 2F(aq)……………….(1)

If the solution is made more acidic, it results in the protonation of some ofthe fluoride ions.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{F}^{-}(a q) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{HF}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

As acid is added, the concentration of F ion decreases due to the reaction(2).

This causes the equilibrium [1] to shift to the right, thereby increasing the concentration of Ca2+ ions. Thus, more CaF2 dissolves in a more acidic solution.

Principle of solubility product and precipitation of sparingly soluble salts

Principle of solubility product:

At a particular temperature, the precipitation of salt from its solution or its dissolution in the solution depends on the value ofthe solubility product of the salt at that temperature.

If the product of the molar concentrations of the constituent ions, with suitable powers, of the salt in the solution exceeds the value of the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will be precipitated from the solution.

If this value does not exceed the solubility product of that salt, then the salt will not be precipitated. This principle is known as the principle of solubility product. This principle is extensively used in different chemical analysis and industrial processes.

Explanation:

At 25°C, the solubility product of AgCl is 1.8 × 10-10. Hence, in the saturated solution of AgCl at 25°C, the highest value of the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl- ions is 1.8× 10-10

If the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl ions is less than, then the solution will be unsaturated. Under this condition, AgCl will be dissolved in the solution to increase the concentration of Ag+ and Cl ions and this will continue until the product of ofmolar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl becomes equal to.

If the product of molar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl is greater than Ksp(AgCl), then AgCl will be precipitated and this will continue unless the product ofmolar concentrations of Ag+ and Cl becomes equal to Ksp (AgCl).

Applications of solubility product

Application-1:

At a certain temperature, if the solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt is known, then the solubility of the salt, as well as the molar concentrations of the constituent ions of the salt in its saturated solution, can be determined.

Conditions for precipitation:

In the solution, if the product of the molar concentrations (with appropriate powers) of the constituent cation and anion of the salt at a particular temperature.

Is greater than the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will be precipitated, Is less than the solubility product of the salt at that temperature, then the salt will remain dissolved in the solution, Is equal to the solubility product of the salt at that temperature.

Then the solution will just be saturated. In this case, the dissolved portion of the salt remains in equilibrium with the undissolved part.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Solubility Product Formula and Examples

Applications of solubility product principle

Preparation of pure NaCl from impure NaCl:

Pure sodium chloride can be prepared from impure sodium chloride by applying this principle. When dry HCl gas is introduced into the saturated aqueous solution of impure sodium chloride, the concentration of Cl- ions increases to a great extent and the ionic product of Na+ and Cl, i.e., [Na+] × [Cl] exceeds the solubility product of NaCl. Consequently, sodium chloride gets separated as pure crystals.

During this precipitation, impurities like MgCl2, CaCl2, etc., do not precipitate out as the values of the ionic product of the constituent ions of these impurities do not exceed their respective solubility products.

Separation of NaHCO3 by Solvay process:

In this process, a saturated solution of sodium chloride is added to a solution of NH4HCO3.

The reaction concerned is:

⇒  \(\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{HCO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{NaCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaHCO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(a q)\)

Among the compounds participating in the reaction, NaHCO3 has the least value of solubility product. The product of the molar concentrations of Na+ and HCO3 ions present in the solution can easily exceed the solubility product of NaHCO3, and hence NaHCO3. gets precipitated.

[KHCO3 cannot be prepared by the Solvay process because the solubility product of KHCO3 Is very high.]

Manufacture of soaps:

Soap consists of sodium or potassium salts of organic fatty acids of high molecular mass, such as stearic acid, oleic acid, etc. During the manufacturing of soaps, some amount of soap remains in a colloidal state in the mother liquor. If some NaCl is added to this solution, then the concentration of Na+ ions increases, thereby decreasing the solubility of soap. As a result, soap gets precipitated.

Application in analytical chemistry:

The principle of solubility product is extremely helpful in the qualitative analysis of basic radicals. Based on the values of the solubility product, the basic radicals of inorganic salts are divided into different groups.

Group 1:

Basic radicals \(\mathbf{A g}^{+}, \mathbf{P b}^{2+}, \mathbf{H g}_2^{2+}(\text { ous })\)

Group reagent:  6(N) HCl

As the values of the solubility product of chlorides of group-1 metals are sufficiently low [At 25°C, Ksp(AgCl)

= 1.8 × 10-10, Ksp(Hg2Cl2)

= 1.2 × 10 Ksp(PbCl2)

= 1.7 × 10-18],

In addition to (N)HCI, the solubility products of these chlorides are exceeded by the products of the molar concentration of the corresponding ions. So, these chlorides get precipitated.

On the other hand, the chlorides of other groups have higher values of solubility product and thus are not precipitated.

[The solubility product of PbCl2 is much higher than that of both AgCl and Hg2Cl2. So, Pb2+. ions are not completely precipitated as PbCl2 in group 1. Pb2+. ions left in the solution are separated as precipitate in group 2.

Group 2:

Basic radicals: Cu2++, Pb2+, Cd2+, Hg2+ (i.e ), Bi3+, As3+, Sb3+, Sn2+.

Group reagent:

H2S gas in the presence of dilute HCl In an aqueous solution, H2S ionizes partially to produce S2- ions, which precipitate the basic radicals of this group as their corresponding sulfides (CuS, PbS, CdS, etc.).

The solubility product ofthe metallic sulphides of group-2

[Ksp(CuS) = 8.0 × 10-37, Ksp (PbS) = 3.0 × 10-28,

Ksp(CdS) = 1.0 × 10-27 ,Ksp(HgS) = 2 × 10-53

Ksp (Bi2S3) = 1.6 × 10-72]  are much smaller as compared to those of the sulfides of the subsequent groups.

So, when H2S gas is passed through the solution consisting of different basic radicals in the presence of HCl, the product of molar concentrations of the corresponding ions of each of the sulfides of this group exceeds its corresponding solubility product. Hence, only the sulfides of this group are precipitated.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Common Ion....

It is important to note that the degree of ionization of weak acid H2S in the presence of HCl decreases due to the common ion (H+) effect. As a result, except for group- 2, the solubility products of sulfides of the subsequent groups are not exceeded. Therefore, except for the sulfide salts of group 2, sulfides of all other groups are not precipitated.

Another notable point is that among the sulfides of group-2, the solubility products of CdS and PbS are sufficiently high. So, as a result of the common ion effect, if the concentration of S2-ions decreases to a large extent, CdS and PbS are not precipitated. It has been experimentally proved that if H2S gas is passed through the solution using 0.3(N) HCl solution, then all the sulfides of this group are completely precipitated, but the precipitation of the sulfides of other groups does not occur.

Solubility Product and Ksp Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Group 3A Basic radicals: Fe3+ , Al3+ , Cr3+ Group reagent:

NH4OH solutions presence of NH4Cl The basic radicals of this group are precipitated as their corresponding hydroxides [Fe(OH)3, Al(OH)3, Cr(OH3) ]. The solubility products of the hydroxides of the basic radicals of group 3A are much smaller than those of the hydroxides belonging to the subsequent groups.

So, when NH4OH is added to the solution of different basic radicals in the presence of NH4Cl, only the solubility products of the hydroxides of group-3A are exceeded, resulting in the preferential precipitation of the hydroxides of group-3A basic radicals. The hydroxides of the basic radicals of subsequent groups are not removed by this way of precipitation

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 7 Equilibrium Common Ion.....

Here, it is to be noted that the degree of ionization of weak base NH3 in the presence of NH4Cl is decreased due to the common ion (NH4+) effect. As a result, the concentration of OH ions decreases to such an extent that except for group-3A, the solubility product of metallic hydroxides of the subsequent groups is not exceeded. Therefore, except for group-3A, metallic hydroxides of other groups are not precipitated.

Group 3 Basic radicals: Co2+, Ni2+, Mn2+, Zn2+

Group reagent:

H2S in the presence of NH3 For precipitation of the basic radicals of this group as their corresponding sulfides [CoS, ZnS, MnS, NiS], H2S gas is passed through the test solution in the presence of NH3.

In the presence of OH ions produced by the dissociation of NH4OH, the equilibrium involving the dissociation of the weak acid H2S gets shifted to the right, forming sulfide ions (S2-) to a greater extent

[H2S(aq) + 2H2O ⇌  2H3O+(aq) + S2-(aq)].

Due to a sufficient increase in the concentration of S2- ions, the solubility products of the sulfides of group-3B are exceeded. Hence, the basic radicals of this group are precipitated as sulfides.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Which one of the following alkenes produces a tertiary alcohol on acid-catalyzed hydration

  1. CH3—CH—CH=CH2
  2. CH3—CH=CH—CH3
  3. (CH3)2C=CH2
  4. CH3-CH=CH

Answer: 3. (CH3)2C=CH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Tert Butyl Alcohol

Question 2. Only which one of the following compounds is obtained when excess of Cl2 is passed through boiling toluene

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Boiling Tolene Options

Answer: 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Boiling And Excess

Question 3. The Friedel-Crafts reaction using MeCl and anhydrous AlCl3 maybe carried out best with—

  1. Benzene
  2. Nitrobenzene
  3. Toluene
  4. Acetophenone

Answer: 3. Toluene

Due to its +1 and hyperconjugative effect, the —CH3 group increases the electron density of the benzene ring. Thus, toluene becomes more susceptible towards electrophilic substitution reactions. So, Friedel-Crafts reaction using MeCl and anhydrous AlCl3 is carried out best with toluene.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons MCQs

Question 4. Baeyer’s reagent is—

  1. Alkaline potassium permanganate
  2. Acidified potassium permanganate
  3. Neutral potassium permanganate
  4. Alkaline potassium manganate

Answer: 1. Alkaline potassium permanganate

Dilute aqueous solution of alkaline potassium permanganate (1-2%) is called Baeyer’s reagent

Question 5. 2-methylpropane monochloririation under photochemical conditions gives—1

  1. 2-chloro-2-methylpropane as major product
  2. (1 : 1) mixture of l-chloro-2-methylpropane and 2-chloro-2-methylpropane
  3. 1-chloro-2-methylpropane as major product
  4. (1:9) mixture of l-chloro-2-methylpropane and 2- chloro-2-methylpropane

Answer: 3. 1-chloro-2-methylpropane as major product

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons 2 Methylpropane And 2 Chloro 2 Methylpropane

The ratio of A and B in the mixture is 5: 9, though 3° H is more active than 1° H, but in this case number of 1°H is 9 times than that of 3°H.

Question 6. Treatment of with  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Treatment Of DFDNaNH2/liq.NH3 gives—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Treatment Of DFD Options

Answer: 4.

The given reaction proceeds through the formation of the intermediate, NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Via Benzene Mechanism via the benzyne mechanism

Question 7. The best method for the preparation of 2,2-dimethylbutane is via the reaction of—

  1. Me3CBr and MeCH2Br in Na/ ether
  2. (Me3C)2CuLi and MeCH2Br
  3. (MeCH2)2CuLi and Me3CBr
  4. Me3CMgI and MeCH2I

Answer: 2. (Me3C)2CuLi and MeCH2Br

Corey-House synthesis is the best method for preparing 2,2-dimethylbutane. The corresponding chemical reaction is given as

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Corresponding Of Chemical Reaction

Question 8. The reaction of benzene with Me3CCOCl in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 gives

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Reaction Of Benzene

Answer: 2

In this electrophilic substitution, removal of CO from the electrophile, acylium ion (Me3CC+=O) results in a more stable tertiary butyl carbocation Me3C+). Thus, C6H5CMe3 is formed as the product.

Question 9. An optically active compound having molecular formula C8H16 on ozonolysis gives acetone (CH3COCH3) as one of the products. The structure of the compound is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Structure Of Compounds

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Structure Of Compounds Answer

Question 10. The reagents to carry out the following conversion are—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Reagents To Carry Out Of The Following

Answer: 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Tautomerisation

Question 11.  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Correct Method  Identify the correct method for the synthesis of the compound shown above from the following alternatives—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alternatives Compounds

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 HydrocarbonsIdentify The Correct Method For Synthesis

Hydrocarbons Chapter 13 Class 11 MCQs

Question 12. 1,4-dimethylbenzene on heating with anhydrous AlCl3 and HCl produces—

  1. 1,2-dimethylbenzene
  2. 1,3-dimethylbenzene
  3. 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene
  4. Ethylbenzene

Answer: 21,3-dimethylbenzene

When 1,4-dimethylbenzene is heated with anhydrous AlCl3 in the presence of HCl it undergoes isomerization to

Question 13. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Product Of The Above Reaction The major product of the above reaction is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Product Of The Above Reaction Options

Answer: 3

The major product in the given reaction can be determined by the following reaction mechanism

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Detremoned By The Following Reaction

Question 14. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons XSequence Of The Reaction Identify’X’ in the following sequence of reactions—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X Sequence Of The Reaction Options

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The X In The Sequence Answer

Question 15. The major products obtained on ozonolysis of 2,3-dimethyl-1-butene followed by reduction with Zn and HO are—

  1. Methanoic acid and 2-methyl-2-butanone
  2. Methanal and 3-methyl-2-butanone
  3. Methanal and 2,2-dimethyl-3-butanone
  4. Methanoic acid and 2-methyl-3-butanone

Answer: 2. Methanal and 3-methyl-2-butanone

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Methanal 3 Methyl 2 Butanone

Question 16. Which one of the following compounds is not aromatic—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Aromatic Compounds

Answer: 2

Cyclooctatetraene is a tub-shaped compound and thus it is non-aromatic.

Question 17. An alkene on ozonolysis produces only one dicarbonyl compound. The alkene is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alkene On Ozonolysis Only One Dicarbonyl Compounds

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ozonolysis Produces Is

Question 18. The major product(s) obtained from the following reaction of1 mol of hexadeuteriobenzene is/are—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Hexadeuteribenzene

Answer: 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Hexadeuteriobenzene Answer

Question 19. The isomerization of 1-butyne to 2-butyne can be achieved by treatment with—

  1. Hydrochloric acid
  2. Ammoniacal silver nitrate
  3. Ammoniacal cuprous chloride
  4. Ethanolic potassium hydroxide

Answer: 4. Ethanolic potassium hydroxide

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Isomerisation Of 1 Butyne

Question 20. The major product(s) obtained in the following reaction is (are)—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Obtained In The Following Reaction

Answer: 1 and 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Major Product Obtained Of Enantiomer

Question 21. The number of possible organobromine compounds which can be obtained in the allylic bromination of 1- butene with N-bromo succinamide is—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Number Of Organobromine Compounds

Question 22.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Species

Species 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively are—

  1. Ethene, ethyne, ethanal, ethane
  2. Ethane, ethyne, ethanal, ethene
  3. Ethene, ethyne, ethanal, ethanol
  4. Ehyne, ethane, ethene, ethanal

Answer: 1. Ethene, ethyne, ethanal, ethane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Species Of Answer

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions

Question 23. The number of alkenes that can produce 2-butanol by the successive treatment of

1. B2H6 in tetrahydrofuran solvent and

2. Alkaline H2O2solution is

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Number Of Alkenes Can Be Produce 2 Butanol

Question 24. CH3C=CMgBr can be prepared by the reaction of—

  1. CH3 —C≡C—Br withMgBr2
  2. CH3C≡CH with MgBr2
  3. CH3C≡CH with KBr and Mg metal
  4. HCH3C≡CH with CHgMgBr

Answer: 4. HCH3C≡CH with CHgMgBr

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Acidic Hydrogen

Question 25. Formaldehyde is one of the products obtained on ozonolysis of a compound. The presence of which of the following groups is proved by this observation—

  1. Vinyl group
  2. Isopropyl group CH3
  3. Acetylenic triple bond
  4. Two ethylenic double bonds

Answer: 1. In ozonolysis, the vinyl group is converted into HCHO

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ozonolysis Vinyl Group Is Converted Into HCHO

Question 26. Which one of the following converts 2-hexyne into 2-hexene—

  1. Li/NH3
  2. Pd/BaSO4
  3. LiAlH4
  4. Pt/H2

Answer: 1. Li/NH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons 2 hexyne Form Of 2 Hexane

Question 27. The major organic compound formed by the reaction of 1,1,1-trichloroethane with silver powder is—

  1. 2-butene
  2. Ethene
  3. Acetylene
  4. 2-butyne

Answer: 4. 2-butyne

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Major Organic Compounds

Question 28. In the reaction, NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Reaction Of Product C the product C is—

  1. Acetyl chloride
  2. Acetylene
  3. Acetaldehyde
  4. Ethylene

Answer: 4.  Ethylene

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Product Of C Answers

Question 29.  Which compound would give 5-keto-2-methyl hexanal OH upon ozonolysis?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Which Compound Would Gives 5 Keto 2 Methyl Hexanal

Answer: 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Which Compound Give 5 Keto 2 Methyl Hexanal Answer

Question 30. The product (A) of the reaction given below CH3 is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Product X Of The Reaction

Answer: 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The product X Of The Reaction Answer

Question 31. The reaction of propene with HOCI(Cl3 + H2O) proceeds through the intermediate—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Propene

Answer: 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Reaction Of Propane With Proceeds Throug The Intermediate

Question 32. 2-chloro-2-methyl pentane in methanol yields on— reaction with sodium

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Sodium Methoxide In Methanol Yields

  1. Both 1 and 3
  2. Only 2
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Low Yield And High Yield

MCQs for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons

Question 33. 3-methylpent-2-ene reacts with HBr in the presence of peroxide to yield an additional compound. How many three-dimensional isomers are possible for this addition compound— 

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 0

Answer: 2. 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons 3 Methylpent 2 ene

The resulting compound consists of two different asymmetric centers (shown by asterisks). Thus the number of three-dimensional isomers = 22 = 4

Question 34. Which one of the following compounds undergoes mononitration to yield a considerable amount of m product—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Mono Nitration To Yield Considerable

Answer: 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons During The Nitarion Of Aniline

During tire nitration of aniline, —NH2 group gets protonated and form an anilinium ion ( —NH3). The + —NH3 group is deactivating and meta-orienting. Thus during the mono nitration of aniline, a significant amount of meta-product is obtained

Question 35. The major product of the following reaction is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Product Of The Following Reaction

Answer: 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Due To Neopentyl Type Of Structure

Due to the neopentyl type of structure, it cannot undergo SN2 reaction

Question 36.  The trans-alkenes are formed by the reduction of alkynes with—

  1. Na/liq. NH3
  2. H2/Pd-C,BaSO4
  3. Sn/HCl
  4. NaBH4

Answer: 1. Na/liq. NH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alkyne

Question 37.  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Products Of 1 And 3 RespectivelyThe major products 1 and 3 are respectively

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Products Of 1 And 3 Respectively.

Answer: 3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Product Of 1 And 3 Respectively

Question 38. In the following reaction

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Products Of Minor Product

Answer: 3.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Following Reactions Answer

Question 39. Which of the following reagents is used to distinguish between 1-butyne and 2-butyne—

  1. HCl
  2. OH
  3. Br
  4. NaNH2

Answer: 4. NaNH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Between 1 Butyne And 2 Butyne

Question 40. Which one of the following compounds is most reactive towards electrophilic-nitration reaction—

  1. Toluene
  2. Benzene
  3. Benzoic acid
  4. nitrobenzene

Answer: 1. Toluene

Due to +1 and the hyperconjugation effect of —CH3 group, toluene is the most reactive toward electrophilic nitration reaction

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons MCQs

Question 41. Which of the following compounds will not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction easily

  1. Toluene
  2. Cumene
  3. xylene
  4. Nitrobenzene

Answer: 4. Nitrobenzene

Groups like nitro ( —NO2) withdraw electrons from the benzene ring and deactivate the ring to such an extent that it cannot be attacked by the relatively weak electrophile. So, nitrobenzene does not undergo FriedelCraft reaction

Question 42. The radical  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Aromaticis aromatic because it has—

  1. 6p-orbitals and 7 unpaired electrons
  2. 6p-orbitals and 6 unpaired electrons
  3. 7p- orbitals and 6 unpaired electrons
  4. 7p-orbitals and 7 impaired electrons

Answer: 3. 7p- orbitals and 6 unpaired electrons

The given free radical is aromatic because it contains a benzene ring having 6n -electrons which remain delocalised. The seventh odd electron does not play any role in determining the aromaticity of the
free radical.

Question 43. Some meta-directing substituents in aromatic substitution are given. Which is most deactivating— 

  1. COOH
  2. —NO2
  3. —C=N
  4. —SO3H

Answer: 2. —NO2

Due to -I and -R effect, —NOa is a highly deactivating and —CN, —SO3H and moderately deactivating meta-orienting group

Question 44. Nitrobenzene, on reaction with cone. HNO3/H2SO4 at 80-100°C forms one of the following products—

  1. 1,4-dinitrobenzene
  2. 1,2,4-trinitrobenzene
  3. 1,2-dinitrobenzene
  4. 1,3-dinitrobenzene

Answer: 4. 1,3-dinitrobenzene

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Nitrobenzene And 1 And 3 Dinitrobenzene

Question 45. Identify the sequence of reactions NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Z Sequence Of Reactions

  1. CH3(CH2)3-O-CH2CH3
  2. (CH3)2CH—O—CH2CH3
  3. CH3(CH2)4—O-CH3
  4. CH3CH2-CH(CH3)-O-CH2CH3

Answer: 1. CH3(CH2)3-O-CH2CH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Identify Z Reaction Equation Answers

Question 46. Which of the following organic compounds has the same hybridization as its combustion product (CO2) —

  1. Ethane
  2. Ethyne
  3. Ethene
  4. Ethanolic

Answer: 2. Ethyne

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons C Atom In Both Ethyne And Carbondioxide

C-atom in both ethyne and CO2 is sp -sp-hybridized

Question 47. The oxidation of benzene by V2O5 in the presence of air produces—

  1. Benzoic anhydride
  2. Maleic anhydride
  3. Benzoic acid
  4. Benzaldehyde

Answer: 2. Maleic anhydride

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Maleic Anhydride

Question 48. Which of the following is not the product of dehydration of

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Dehydration

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Between Does Not Form Because The Intermediate Carbocation  does not form because the intermediate carbonation NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Highly Stable i.e is highly stable, so it does not undergo rearrangement

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Undergo Rearrangement

Question 49. In the reaction with HCI, an alkane reacts by Markownikoff’s rule, to give a product 1-chloro-1 methylcyclohexane. The possible alkane is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Possible Alkene

Answer: 3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Methylcyclohexane Reactions

Question 50. Because of the absence of torsional strain, staggered conformation is more stable than eclipsed conformation.

  1. The correct statement regarding the comparison of staggered and eclipsed conformations of ethane is— the staggered conformation of etha HPgi*less stable than eclipsed conformation because staggered hasÿirsional strain
  2. The eclipsed conformation of ethane is more stable than staggered conformation because eclipsed conformation has no torsional strain
  3. The eclipsed conformation of ethane is more stable than staggered conformation even though the eclipsed conformation has torsional strain
  4. The staggered conformation of ethane is more stable than eclipsed conformation because staggered conformation has no torsional strain

Answer:  4. The staggered conformation of ethane is more stable than eclipsed conformation because staggered conformation has no torsional strain

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Less Stable And More Stabel

Question 51. Consider the nitration of benzene using a mixed cone. H2SO4 and HNO3.If a large amount of KH2SO4 is added to the mixture, the rate of nitration will be—

  1. Faster
  2. Slower
  3. Unchanged
  4. Doubled

Answer: 2. Slower

⇒ \(\mathrm{HNO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{O}}+\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{N}} \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{HSO}_4^{\ominus}\)

Addition of KHSO4 increases the concentration of

H2SO4 and due to the common ion effect, the production of

NO+2 decreases which slows down the nitration process

Question 52. In the reaction NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction X And Y

X and 7 are—

  1. X = 1 -butyne; Y- 3 -hexyne
  2. X = 2 -butyne; Y = 3 -hexyne
  3. X = 2 -butyne; 7=2 -hexyne
  4. X = 1 -butyne; 7=2 -hexyne

Answer: 1.  X = 1 -butyne; Y- 3 -hexyne

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reactions Answers

Question 53. Which of the following compounds shall not produce propene by reaction with HBr followed by elimination or direct only elimination reaction—

1. CH3 CH2CH2OH

2. CH3 CH2CH2Br

3. CH2=C=O

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Elimination Reaction Option 4

Answer: 2. CH3 CH2CH2Br

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons HBR Elimination

Question 54. In the given reactionNCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction P the product P is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction P.

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In Given The Reaction Product P Is

Question 55. The compound that will react most readily with gaseous bromine has the formula—

  1. C2H2
  2. C4H10
  3. C2H4
  4. C3H6

Answer: 4. C3H6

The reaction undergoes via a radical pathway. Among the given alkenes, propene can form the most stable radical intermediate and thus it undergoes the reaction faster than other alkenes.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons More Stable Radical

Question 56. Which one is the correct order of acidity—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Correct Order Of Acidity

Answer: 1.

For a C-atom in the hybridised state, acidic character increases with increase of the s-character. Again the presence alkyl group reduces the acidic property due to its +1 effect. Hence the order of acidity of the given compounds:

Hydrocarbons MCQs Chapter 13 NCERT Class 11

Question 57. Nitration of aniline in a strong acidic medium also gives  -m-nitroaniline because

  1. In acidic (strong) medium aniline is present as an anilinium ion
  2. Inspite of substituents nitro group always goes to only m -position
  3. In absence of substituents nitro group always goes to m -m-position
  4. In electrophilic substitution reactions amino group is meta-directive

Answer: 1. In acidic (strong) medium aniline is present as an anilinium ion

Question 58. The compound C7H8 undergoes the following reactions  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Compound Undergoes The Following Reactions The Product ‘C

 is___________

  1. p -bromotoluene
  2. m – bromotoluene
  3. 3-bromo-2,4,6-trichlorotoluene
  4. o -bromotoluene

Answer: 2. m – bromotoluene

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Compound Undergoes The Following Reaction

Question 59. Hydrocarbon (d) reacts with bromine by substitution to form an alkyl bromide which by Wurtz reaction is converted to a gaseous hydrocarbon containing less than four carbon atoms. A is—

  1. CH4
  2. HC≡CH
  3. CH3 – CH3
  4. CH2 = CH2

Answer: 1.CH4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Hydrocarbon Reacts With Bromine

Question 60. Identify the major products P, Q and R in the following sequence of reactions  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Major Product Of PQR

 

Answer: 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Sequence Reaction PQR.

Question 61. When trans-butene is reacted with Br2 the product formed is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Trans Butene Is Reacted With Bromide

3. Meso-compounds

4. Both 2 And 3

Answer: 4. Both 2 And 3

With trans-but-2-ene, the product of Br2 addition is Br optically inactive due to the formation of symmetric me-so-compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Symmetric Meso Compounds

Question 62. What is ‘A’in the following—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons What Is Following Reaction

Answer: 3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons What Is A Following Reaction

Question 63.  Which of the following aromatic—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Aromatic Following

Answer: 4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Planar 6 Pi Electrons

Any planar cyclic system containing (4n + 2)n electrons and having a single cyclic n -electron cloud encompassing all the carbon atoms in the ring is aromatic

Question 64. Which of the following alkenes will give the same product by any method out of hydration, hydroboration-oxidation and oxymercuration-demarcation—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Oxymercuration Demercuration

Answer: 2. CH3CH=CHCH3

CH3CH=CHCH3 is symmetrical and gives the same product by any of the given methods adopted

Question 65. Which of the following species is not aromatic

  1. Benzene
  2. Cyclooctatetraenyl dianion
  3. Tropyliumion
  4. Cyclopentadienyl cation

Answer: 4.  Cyclopentadienyl cation

On applying the Huckel’s rule, [(4n + 2)n -electron] system

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Huckels Rule

Question 66. What will be compound A in the following reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons What Will Be Compound A In the Following Reaction

Answer: 1.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Compound Of The Following Reaction Answer

Question 67.NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Identify Major And Minor. Identify X 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Identify Major And Minor

Answer: 3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Strong Electron Releasing

Strong electron releasing group ( — OCH3) generally predominates over the deactivating group ( —NO2). Thus, o – and p – products will be formed. Due to steric hindrance ortho-product will be formed in lesser amount than para-product

Question 68. Which Brof the following compounds is aromatic in nature—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Aromatic In Nature

Answer: 1,3 and 4

1: Due to the presence of (4n + 2)πe in; it follows Huckel’s rule and therefore,it is aromatic. Due to the presence of an extra lone pair of electrons in , total electron comes out to be 4πe . Thus, it is antiaromatic.

3: In although it is cyclic and has conjugated Huckel’s (4n + 2)πe rule is not followed here and also ring is notplanar. Hence,it is non-aromatic.

4: It has 6πe in conjugation but not in the ring, hence it is non-aromatic

Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions Class 11

Question 69. In the given reaction  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Given In the Reaction A‘A’is________

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction A

Answer: 2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Given Reaction Electrophilic Addition ReactionAnswer

Question 70. What is the decreasing order of boiling points for the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Boiling Points

  1. 1> 2 > 3
  2. 2 >3> 1
  3. 1 > 3 > 2
  4. 3 > 2 > 1

Answer: 1.1> 2 > 3

Question 71. The correct order of decreasing boiling points of the following hydrocarbons is—

1. n-butane

2. 2-methylbutane

3. n-pentane

4. 2,2- dimethylpropane

  1. (1) > (2) > (3) > (4)
  2. (2) > (3) > (4) > (1)
  3. (4) > (3) > (2) > (1)
  4. (3) > (2) > (4) > (1)

Answer: 4. (3) > (2) > (4) > (1)

Question 72. Addition of HBr with 1-butane (CH3CH2CH=CH2) forms a mixture consisting of 1,2 and 3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Addition Of HBr

In the mixture—  

  1. 1 and 2 exist as major products while 3 as minor product
  2. 2 exists as major product and 3 as minor products
  3. 2 exists as a minor product whileI and 3 as major products
  4. 1 and II exist as minor products while 3 as majorproduct

Answer:  1and 2 exist as major products while 3 as minor product

Question 73. Which of the following alkenes does not exhibit geometrical isomerism—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alkenes Does Not Exhibit Geometrical

  1. 1 and 2 exist as major products while 3 as minor product
  2. Exists as major product while and 3 as minor products
  3. 2 exists as minor products while 3 as major products
  4. 1 and 2 exist as minor products while 3 a major product

Answer:  4. 1 and 2 exist as minor products while 3 as major product

Question 74. When a mixture of concentrated aqueous solutions of sodium salts of two monocarboxylic acids is electrolysed, a mixture of ethane, propane and butane is obtained at the anode. The two acids are

CH2COOH, CH3CH2COOH

  1. CH3COOH, HCOOH
  2. CH3CH2COOH,CH3CH2CH2COOH
  3. (CH3)2CHCOOH, CHCOOH

Answer:  1. CH2COOH, CH3CH2COOH

Question 75.  The products formed when CH3I, CH3CHO and CH3CH2COOH are respectively reduced by HI in presence of red phosphorus are—

  1. CH3CH3, CH3CH3, CH3CH2CH3
  2. CH4, CH3CH3, CH3CH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH3, CH4, CH3CH3
  4. CH4, CH3CH2CH3, CH3CH2CH2CH3

Answer: 2. CH4, CH3CH3, CH3CH2CH3

Question 76. The decreasing order of boiling points of isomeric pentanes is—

  1. n-pentane > isopentane > neopentane
  2. Isopentane > n-pentane > neopentane
  3. Neopentane > isopentane > n-pentane
  4. n-pentane > neopentane > isopentane

Answer: 1. n-pentane > isopentane > neopentane

Question 77. The reactivity of different types of hydrogen during halogenation of alkanes follows the order—

  1. 2°H > 1°H > 3°H
  2. 1°H >2°H > 3°H
  3. 2°H > 3°H > 1°H
  4. 3°H > 2°H > 1°H

Answer: 4. 3°H > 2°H > 1°H

Question 78. The correct IUPAC name of the monochord derivative that forms as the major product during chlorination of 3-ethyl pentane is—

  1. 1-chloro-3-ethyl pentane
  2. 2-chloro-3-ethyl pentane
  3. 3-chloro-3-ethyl pentane
  4. 3-ethyl-3-chloroethane

Answer:  3. 3-chloro-3-ethyl pentane

Question 79. Which of the following symmetrical alkanes is not prepared by Wurtz reaction—

  1. Ethane
  2. Butane
  3. 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl butane
  4. 2,3-dimethylbutane

Answer: 3. 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl butane

Question 80. The octane numbers of 2,2,4-trimethylpentane isooctane) and n-pentane are respectively—

  1. 50,50
  2. 100,0
  3. 0,100
  4. 50,0

Answer: 2. 2. 100,0

Class 11 Chemistry Hydrocarbons Multiple Choice Questions

Question 81. The increasing order of octane numberis

  1. n-alkane < branched alkane < cycloalkane < aromatic hydrocarbon
  2. Aromatic hydrocarbon < cycloalkane < branched alkane < n-alkane
  3. Cycloalkane < branched alkane < aromatic hydrocarbon < n-alkane
  4. Aromatic hydrocarbon < cycloalkane < n-alkane < branched alkane

Answer: 1. n-alkane < branched alkane < cycloalkane < aromatic hydrocarbon

Question 82. The amount of oxygen (in mole) required for the combustion of1 mol hydrocarbon (CÿHÿ,) is—

  1. \(\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)\)
  2. \(\left(y+\frac{x}{4}\right)\)
  3. (x+y)
  4. \(\left(x+\frac{y}{2}\right)\)

Answer: 1. \(\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)\)

Question 83. Which of the following compounds on reacting with Grignard reagent (RMgX) does not form an alkane—

  1. CH3C=CH
  2. CH3CH2OCH2CH
  3. C2H5OH
  4. H2O

Answer:  2. CH3CH2OCH2CH

Question 84. The change in the hybridisation state of carbon in ethane duringits combustion is—

  1. sp³→sp
  2. sp²→sp³
  3. sp→sp³
  4. sp→sp²

Answer: 1. sp³→sp

Question 85. The intermediate formed during chlorination of methane in diffused sunlight is

  1. \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\)
  2. :CH2
  3. CH3
  4. :CH3

Answer:   3. CH3

Question 86. The product formed when 2 equivalent ofmetallic sodium reacts with l-bromo-3-chlorocyclobutane in ether medium is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Equivalent Metallic Sodium

Answer: 4

Question 87. Which of the following compounds are not formed when a mixture of ethyl iodide and n-propyl iodide is subjected to Wurtz reaction—

  1. Butane
  2. Propane
  3. Pentane
  4. Hexane

Answer: 2. Propane

Question 88. In Kolbe’s electrolytic process which of the following compounds does not lead to the formation of an alkane—

  1. CH3COONa
  2. CH3CH2COONa
  3. HCOONa
  4. CH3CH2CH2COOK

Answer: 3. HCOONa

Question 89. —I + Zn +I —R—>R —R + Znl2; The reaction is—

  1. Frankland reaction
  2. Grignard reaction
  3. Wurtzreaction
  4. Corey-House synthesis

Answer: 1. Frankland reaction

Question 90. Which of the following statements is not true—

  1. Alkanes are non-polar compounds
  2. Alkanes are insoluble in polar solvents like water
  3. Among isomeric alkanes, n-alkane has the lowest boiling point
  4. Higher alkanes (> C17) are hard like wax

Answer: 3. Among isomeric alkanes, n-alkane has the lowest boiling point

Question 91. The reagent which is not used in the preparation of propene from 1-bromopropane is

  1. Water/KOH
  2. Ethanol/ C2H5ONa+
  3. Ethanol/KOH
  4. Tert-butylalcohol/(CH3)3COK+

Answer: 1. Water/KOH

Question 92. The reducing agent which is not used to prepare RCH=CHR from RC=CR is—

  1. Na/liq.NH3
  2. H2/Lindlar’s catalyst
  3. B2H6 /tetrahydrofuran
  4. H2/PtorPd

Answer: 4. H2/PtorPd

Question 93. Decreasing order of stability of the given carbanions is—

1. CH3—C≡C:

2. H —C=C:

3. CH3—:CH2

  1. 1 > 2 > 3
  2. 2 > 1> 3
  3. 3 > 2 > 1
  4. 3 > 1 > 2

Answer: 2. 2 > 1> 3

Question 94. Baeyer’s reagent which is used in the Baeyer’s test for detecting ethylenic unsaturation is—

  1. An acidic solution of potassium permanganate
  2. A dilute alkaline solution of potassium permanganate
  3. An aqueous solution of bromine
  4. A solution ofbrominein acetic acid

Answer: 2. A dilute alkaline solution of potassium permanganate

Question 95. Which of the following compounds on ozonolysis forms C02 along with other products—

  1. CH2=C=CHCH3
  2. CH3CH=CH—CH=CH2
  3. CH3CH=CH—CH=CH2
  4. CH3CH=CH—CH=CH2

Answer: 1. CH2=C=CHCH3

Question 96. Which of the following compounds on ozonolysis forms a carbonyl compound

  1. CH3CH=CH2
  2. (CH3)2C=CHCH3
  3. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2
  4. CH2=CH —CH=CH2

Answer:  3. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2

Question 97. Alkene which forms CH3COCH2CH2CH2CH2COCH3 on ozonolysis is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alkene Which Form Ozonolysis

Answer:  4.

Question 98. An alkene, on ozonolysis forms HCHO, CH3COCHO and CH3CHO. The alkene is—

  1. CH2=C(CH3)—CH=CHCH3
  2. CH2=C(CH3) —CH2 —CH=CH2
  3.  CH3—CH=CH—CH=CHCH3
  4. CH3—CH=CH—CH2—CH=CH2

Answer: 1. CH2=C(CH3)—CH=CHCH3

Question 99. CH3COCOCH3, CH3COCHO and OHC—CHO are formed due to the ozonolysis of o-xylene. The ratio in which the compounds are formed—

  1. 3:2:1
  2. 2:3:1
  3. 1:2:3
  4. 3:1:2

Answer: 3. 1:2:3

Question 100. Which of the following reactions occurs following Markownikoff’s rule

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Accordance With Markowinkoffs Rule

Answer:  4

Question 101. For which of the following reaction, Markownikoff’s rule is applicable—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Following Reaction Markownikoffs Rule Applicable

Answer:  3

Question 102. The intermediate which is formed in the first step of the reaction between CH3CH=CH2 and HBr is a

  1. Carbanion
  2. Carbocation
  3. Free radical
  4. Carbene

Answer: 2.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Hydrocarbons Chapter 13 MCQ Solutions

Question 103. Among all the HX compounds, only HBr reacts with CH3CH=CH2 in the presence ofperoxide according to antiMarkownikoff’s rule. This is because, in case of HBr, the third and fourth steps

1. CH3—CH=CH2 + Br→CH3CHCH2Br and

2. CH3CHCH2Br + H —Br→CH3CH2CH2Br + Br )

  1. The third step is exothermic while the fourth step is endothermic
  2. Both the steps are exothermic
  3. The third step is endothermic while the fourth step is exothermic and the fourth steps
  4. Both the steps are endothermic

Answer: 2. Both the steps are exothermic

Question 104. Which of the given compounds on reacting with HBr forms the same product in the presence and absence of peroxide—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Absence Of Peroxide

Answer: 3

Question 105. The order of acidity of ethyne (1), ethane (2) and ethene (3) is

  1.  2 >1 >3
  2. 1 >3 >2
  3. 1 >2 >3
  4. 2 >3 >1

Answer: 3. 1 >2 >3

Question 106. The compound which does not form a red precipitate on reacting with ammoniacal cuprous chloride solution is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ammonical Cuprous Chloride

Answer: 2

Question 107. The reagent that cannot be used to distinguish between ethylene and acetylene is—

  1. Ammoniacal cuprous chloride
  2. Br2/H2O
  3. Dil. H2SO4/Hg2+
  4. Ammoniacal silvernitrate solution

Answer:  2. Br2/H2O

Question 108. Two compounds, when subjected to ozonolysis separately,  CH3COCH2CH3(2mol) NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons 1 Mole The compounds are— each form and

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Diastereomers
  3. Metamers
  4. Tautomers

Answer:  1. Enantiomers

Question 109. The compound Y in the given reaction is –

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Compound Y In The Given Reaction

Answer: 1

 

Question 120. The addition of HBr occurs most readily for—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Addition Of HBr Occcurs

Answer: 4.

Question 121.  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction A In this reaction a is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons In The Reaction A Options

Answer: 1.

Question 122. Which of the following compounds undergoes hydrolysis to form propyne-

  1. Al4C3
  2. Mg2C3
  3. B4C
  4. La4C3

Answer: 2.Mg2C3

Question 123. Hydration of alkenes (except ethylene) in presence of acid produce—

  1. 1° alcohols
  2. 2° or 3° alcohols
  3. Mixture of1° and 2° alcohols
  4. Mixture of 2° and 3° alcohols

Answer: 2. 2° or 3° alcohols

Question 124. Cyclohexanone NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Cyclohexanone  react with witting reagents (Ph3P—CHR) to form—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Cyclohexanone Reacts With Wittig Reagent

Answer: 3

Question 125. When ethylene gas is passed through an aqueous solution of NaCl and Br2 the compound whose formation is not possible is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ethylene Gas Is Options

Answer: 3

Question 126. Hydrocarbons Here X Is Here , X is

  1. Cyclobutane
  2. Cyclopropane
  3. Cyclopentane
  4. Cyclohexane

Answer: 2. Cyclopropane

Question 127. Which of the following alkynes cannot be converted into a terminal alkyne when heated with NaNH2/ paraffin—

  1. CHC3=CCH3
  2. CH3CH2C=CCH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH2C=CCH2CH3
  4. (CH3)2CHC=CCH(CH3)2

Answer: 4. (CH3)2CHC=CCH(CH3)2

Question 128. Correct order of decreasing reactivity of the given com¬ pounds towards electrophilic substitution reaction is –

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Towards Elecytrophilic Substitution Reaction

  1. 3 > 1 > 2 > 4
  2. 4 > 1 > 2 > 3
  3. 1 > 2 > 3 > 4
  4. 2 > 1 > 3 > 4

Answer: 1. 3 > 1 > 2 > 4

Question 129. Number of monochloride derivatives possible for diphenylmethane NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Diphenylmethane

  1. 4
  2. 8
  3. 7
  4. 18

Answer: 1. 4

Question 130. The compound which is formed in excess when Cl2 reacts with toluene in presence of FeCl3 is—

  1. Benzyl chloride
  2. o – and p -chlorotoluene
  3. m -chlorotoluene
  4. Benzoyl chloride

Answer: 2. o – and p -chlorotoluene

Question 131. The major product obtained when NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Major Product Obtainedundergoes monobromination(with Fe Br)is 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Undergoes Monobromination

Answer: 2

Question 132. Polysubstitution occurs for which of the following reactions—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ploysubstitution Following Reactions

Answer: 2

Question 133.  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X Compound Is compound X is________________

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X Compound Options

Answer: 2.

Question 134. The compound which is most reactive in case of electrophilic attack is-

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Electrophilic Attack

Answer: 1

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons MCQs

Question 135. Benzene does not form additional compound because—

  1. It has ring structure
  2. Its double bond is verystrong
  3. It has 6 equivalent h-atoms
  4. Its aromatic stability is lost

Answer: 4. Its aromatic stability is lost

Question 136. In strong acidic and alkaline medium, p-aminophenol exists in (X) and (Y) forms respectively

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Strong Acidic And Alkaline Medium

Thus, in acidic and alkaline medium, electrophilic substitution occurs at-

  1. a,c
  2. a,d
  3. b,c
  4. b,d

Answer: 1. a,c

Question 137. In electrophilic substitution reaction of benzene—

  1. The first step is exothermic but the second step is endothermic
  2. The first step is endothermic but the second step is exothermic
  3. Both the steps are exothermic
  4. Both the steps are endothermic

Answer: 2.  The first step is endothermic but the second step is exothermic

Question 138. The method suitable for converting benzene into propylbenzene is 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Converting Benzene Into Propyl Benzene

Answer: 3

Question 139. An aromatic compound of molecular formula C8H10 reacts with a mixture of concentrated HNO3 and concentrated H2SO4 to form a mononitro compound. The structural formula of C8H10 is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Mononitro Compound

Answer: 4

Question 140. Nitrobenzene is prepared from benzene by using conc. HNO3 and cone. H2SO4 . In the nitrating mixture, nitric acid acts as a/an—

  1. Base
  2. Acid
  3. Reducing agent
  4. Catalyst

Answer: 1.  Base

Question 141. On passing excess Cl2(g) through boiling toluene, the only compound that forms is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Boilinhg Toluene

Answer: 4

Question 142. Which of the given participates in Friedel-Crafts reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Participates In Friedel Crafts Reaction

Answer: 4

Question 143. In which of the following compounds the ring on the left side undergoes electrophilic substitution reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Left Side Undergoes Electrophilic Substitution

Answer: 4

Question 144. The increasing order of the rate of nitration reaction of the following compounds is- 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Nitration Reaction

  1. 2 < 3 < 1 < 4 < 5
  2. 4 < 5 < 1 = 3 < 2
  3. 4 < 1 = 3 < 5 < 2
  4. 1 < 3 < 2 < 5 < 4

Answer: 2.  4 < 5 < 1 = 3 < 2

Question 145. The major product formed in the following reaction is- NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Major Product Formed In The Following Reaction

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Major Product Formed In The Following Reaction Options

Answer: 4.

Question 146. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons The Compound X is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X Compound Is Options

Answer: 2

Question 147. The acidity of which of the following compounds is quite high compared to the rest of the given compounds—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Quite High Compared To The Rest Options

Answer: 3

Question 148. Bromination takes place most rapidly in—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Bromination Takes Place Most Rapidly

Answer: 2

Question 149.  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X And Y Are Reactions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons X And Y Compound Options

Answer: 1

 

Question 158. Benezene when subjected to ozonolysis (03 followed by Zn/H2O ) forms—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Benzene When Ozonolysis

Answer: 1

Question 159. BHC is a/an—

  1. Fertiliser
  2. Insecticide
  3. Explosive
  4. Solvent

Answer: 2.  Insecticide

Question 160. (CH3)3CMgCl reacts with D2O to form—

  1. (CH3)3CD
  2. (CH3)3OD
  3. (CD3)3CD
  4. (CD3)3OD

Answer: 1.  (CH3)3CD

Question 161. Which two compounds undergo ozonolysis to produce CH3CHO, CH3COCHO and HCHO —

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Two Compounds Undergo Ozonolysis To Produce

Answer: 2, 3

Question 162. Among the following oxidation reactions of methane, which two are controlled oxidation reactions —

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Controlled Oxidation Reactions

Answer: 3,4

Question 163. Which of the following alkenes undergo ozonolysis to form a mixture of two ketones—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons A Mixture Of Two Ketones

Answer: 3,4

Question 164. Which of the following compounds form the same product with HBr in presence and absence of peroxide—

  1. Cyclohexene
  2. But-2-ene
  3. Hex-3-ene
  4. 1-methylcyclohexene

Answer: 1,2,3

Question 165. The compounds which react with dilute H2SO4 in the presence of HgS04 to form methyl ketone are—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Methyl Ketone

Answer: 2,3,4

Hydrocarbons Chapter 13 Class 11 MCQs

Question 166. The compounds which only form glyoxal when subjected to ozonolysis are—

  1. Ethene
  2. Benzene
  3. Toluene
  4. Ethyne

Answer: 2,4

Question 167. In which of the following compounds, nitration take place at the para-position—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Nitration Take Place Para Position

Answer: 2,4

Question 168. Which of the following groups are deactivating but ortho-J para-orienting—

  1. —Cl
  2. —CH=CH—COOH
  3. —N=O
  4. -CF3

Answer: 1,2,3

Question 169. Which two of the following groups are used to block a definite position in the benzene ring-

  1. -SO3H
  2. — CH3
  3. — CF3
  4. —CMe3

Answer: 1,4

Question 170. Which of the following reactions do not occur—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Which Of The Following Reactions Do Not Occur

Answer: 1,2

question 171. Which of the following reactions do not take place easily in the benzene ring—

  1. Polyadenylation
  2. Polynitration
  3. Poly sulphonation
  4. Polyalkylation

Answer: 1,2,3

Question 172. Polybrominated takes place in which of the given cases—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Polybromination Takes Place

Answer: 2,3

Question 173. In which of the following reactions, toluene is obtained— When methanol reacts with PhMgBr

  1. Na-salt of o -toluic acid is heated with sodalime
  2. p-cresol is distilled in presence of Zn dust
  3. Benzyl alcohol is heated in the presence of red
  4. Phosphorous and concentrated HI

Answer: 2,3,4

Question 174. In which of the reactions, ferf-butylbenzene is formed—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Tert Butylbenzene

Answer: 1,3,4

Question 175. Which on ozonolysis forms a mixture of two ketones—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Ozonolysis Form A Mixture Of Two Ketones

Answer: 1,3,4

Question 176. Which of the following compounds undergo chlorination to produce a type of monochloroalkane—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Type Of Monochloroalkane

Answer: 1,2,4

Question 177. Which undergoes nitration reaction faster than benzene-

  1. C6H5CH3
  2. C6H5NHCOCH3
  3. C6H5COOH
  4. C6H5CHO

Answer: 1,2

Question 178. Which undergoes nitration reaction slower than benzene—

  1. C6H5CH=CHCOOH
  2. C6H5CH=CH-NO2
  3. C6H5CMe3
  4. C6H5OCH3

Answer: 1,2

Hydrocarbons Chapter 13 Class 11 MCQs

Question 179. Which of the following σ -complexes are more stable than the cr -complex of benzene—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Sigma Complex Of Benzene

Answer: 1,4

Question 180. Which of the following compounds has 10 isomers—

  1. CI2C6H3NH2
  2. CH3C6H4NO2
  3. BrClC6H3CHO
  4. O2NC6H3BrCH3

Answer: 3,4

Question 181. The compounds which get oxidised by alkaline KMn04 to form benzoic acid are —

  1. Toluene
  2. Ethylbenzene
  3. Tert-butyl benzene
  4. Benzyl chloride

Answer: 1,2,4

Question 182. Which of the following can be used to distinguish between ethylene and acetylene—

  1. Bromine water
  2. Ammoniacal Cu2Cl2
  3. Ammoniacal AgNO solution
  4. Dilute alkaline kmnO4 solution

Answer: 2,3

Question 183. In which two compounds, homolytic cleavage of the C—Ha bond takes place most readily—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Homolytic Cleavage

Answer: 1,2

Question 184. The compounds which do not participate in Friedel Crafts reaction are —

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Do Not Participate In Friedel Crafts Reactions

Answer: 1,2,4

Question 185. Which of the following cannot be used as an alkylating reagent in Friedel-Crafts reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Alkylating Reagent In Friedel Crafts Reaction

Answer: 2,4

Question 186. Which of the following facts are correct

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Which OF The Following Facts Are Correct

Answer: 1,3

 

Question 190. Markownikoff’s rule is applicable for which of the following reactions—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 13 Hydrocarbons Markownikoffs Rule Is Applicable Following Reactions

Answer: 1,2

 

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 Structure Of Atom Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 Structure Of Atom Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ionization potential of a hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV. A hydrogen atom in the ground state is excited by monochromatic light of energy 12.1 eV. The spectral lines emitted by hydrogen according to Bohr’s theory will be.

  1. One
  2. Two
  3. Three
  4. Four

Answer: 3. Three

Question 2. The number of waves made by a Bohr electron in an orbit of maximum magnetic quantum number 3 is-

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 1. 4

Question 3. In which of the following cases would the probability of finding an electron residing in a d -d-orbital be zero

  1. xz and yz -planes
  2. xy and yz -planes
  3. z -direction, yz and xz -plane
  4. xy and xz -planes

Answer: 1. xz and yz -planes

Structure of Atom Class 11 Multiple Choice Questions

Question 4. An electron beam with a de Broglie wavelength of P A is accelerated till its wavelength is halved. By what factor will kinetic energy change

  1. 2
  2. 1/4
  3. 4
  4. none

Answer: 3. 1/4

Question 5. If the Aufbau rule is not followed then the percent change in total (n + l) value for unpaired electrons in 25Mn is-

  1. 60
  2. 50
  3. 40
  4. 30

Answer: 3. 40

Question 6. If the shortest wavelength of the IT -atom in the Lyman series is X, then the longest wavelength in the Paschen series of He+ is

  1. \(\frac{36 X}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{7 X}{36}\)
  4. \(\frac{6 X}{5}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)

Question 7. The atomic numbers of elements X, Y, and Z are 19, 21, and 25 respectively. The number of electrons present in the ‘M’ shells of these elements follows the order —

  1. Z<Y<x
  2. X<y<Z
  3. Z>X>Y
  4. Y>Z>X

Answer: 1. Z<Y<x

Question 8. Hydrogen atoms are excited in the n = 4 state. In the spectrum of the emitted radiation, the number of lines in the ultraviolet and visible regions are respectively—

  1. 2:3
  2. 3:1
  3. 1:3
  4. 3:2

Answer: 4. 3:2

Question 9. Which orbital has only a positive value of wave function at all distances from the nucleus—

  1. 3d
  2. 2p
  3. 2s
  4. 1s

Answer: 4. 1s

Question 10. The number of photons of light having wave number ‘a’ in the 32 energy source is

  1. \(\frac{h c}{3 a}\)
  2. 3hca
  3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Question 11. The wavelength of the de Broglie wave of the electron in the sixth orbit of-atom is—( r0 = Bohr’s radius)

  1. πr0
  2. 12πr0
  3. 6πr0
  4. 24πr0

Answer: 2. 12πr0

Question 12. In an orbit, the velocity of an electron in the excited state of Hatom is 1.093 × 108 cm-1 The circumference of this orbit is 

  1. 13.3Å
  2. 6.65Å
  3. 3.33Å
  4. 26.65Å

Answer: 1. 13.3Å

Question 13. Which have the largest number of unpaired electrons in p -p-orbitals in their ground state electronic configurations—

  1. Te, I, Xe
  2. F, Cl, Br
  3. Ne, Ar, K
  4. N, P, As

Answer: 4. N, P, As

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 MCQs

Question 14. Which orbitals have two nodal planes passing through the nucleus —

  1. d
  2. p
  3. s
  4. None

Answer: 1. d

Question 15. Compared to the mass of the lightest nuclei, the mass of an electron is only-

  1. 1/80
  2. 1/800
  3. 1/1800
  4. 1/2800

Answer: 3. 1/1800

Question 16. Among the following sets of quantum numbers, which one Is Incorrect for 4d -electrons-

  1. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(4,2,-2, \frac{1}{2}\)
  4. \(4,2,1, \frac{-1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17. Which d -orbitals have a different shape from the rest of all d orbitals—

  1. \(d_{x^2-y}\)
  2. dx
  3. dz²
  4. dyz

Answer: 3. dz²

Question 18. Which element possesses non-spherical shells

  1. He
  2. B
  3. Be
  4. Li

Answer: 2. B

Question 19. Which have the same number of s -electrons as the d electrons In Fe2+

  1. Li
  2. Na
  3. Na
  4. Fe

Answer: 4. Fe

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 Atom Structure MCQs

Question 20. An anion X³ has 36 electrons and 45 neutrons. What is the mass number ofthe element X-

  1. 81
  2. 84
  3. 78
  4. 88

Answer: 3. 78

Question 21. Consider the set of quantum numbers \(3,2,-2,+\frac{1}{2}\), if the given subshell is filled. The next electron will enter the orbital with n and l value

  1. n = 3, l  = 3
  2. n = 4, l = 1
  3. n =1,l = 1
  4. n = 2, l-1

Answer: 2. n=4,l=1

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 Atom Structure MCQs

Question 22. Given that an orbital is symmetric about the nucleus, then the value of azimuthal quantum number and magnetic quantum number are respectively

  1. -1+1
  2. +1+1
  3. 0,0
  4. 1,0

Answer: 3. 0,0

Question 23. A certain F.M. station broadcasts at a wavelength equal to 3.5 m. How many photons per second correspond to the transmission of one kilowatt–

  1. 2.24×1027
  2. 1.76×1028
  3. 2.26×1028
  4. 1.43×1026

Answer: 2. 1.7 6 ×1028

Question 24. A Bohr orbit in H-atom has a radius of 8.464 A. How many transitions may occur from this orbit to the ground state-

  1. 10
  2. 3
  3. 6
  4. 15

Answer: 3. 6

Question 25. The angular momentum of the electron in the 4/-orbital of a one-electron species according to wave mechanics is —

  1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  2. \(2 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{3}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Question 26. Consider the Structure of the ground Atom Mato of cnCr atom (z= 24).-The1 number of electrons with the azimuthal quantum numbers, =1 and 2 nrc respectively

  1. 12 and 4
  2. 12 and 5
  3. 16 and 4
  4. 16 and 5

Answer: 2. 12 and 5

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 2 Atom Structure MCQs

Question 27. The magnetic moment of Mx+ (atomic number of M = 25 ) is Jl5 BM. The number of unpaired electrons and the value of x respectively are—

  1. 5,2
  2. 3,2
  3. 3,4
  4. 4,3

Answer: 3. 3,4

Question 28. Radial part of the wave function depends upon quantum numbers

  1. n and s
  2. 1 and m
  3. 1 and s
  4. n and 1

Answer: 1. n and s

Question 29. Which ofthe following pairs of nuclides are in diapers

  1. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  2. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  3. \({ }_1^3 \mathrm{H} \text { and }{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He}\)
  4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Answer: 4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Question 30. The dissociation energy of H2 is 430.53 kfrmol-1. If hydrogen is dissociated by illumination with radiation of wavelength 253.7 nm, the fraction of the radiant energy that will be converted into kinetic energy is given by

  1. 100%
  2. 8.76%
  3. 2.22%
  4. 1.22%

Answer: 2. 8.76%

Question 31. The correct order of penetrating power of 3s, 3p, and 3d electrons is

  1. 3d>3p>3s
  2. 3s>3p>3d
  3. 3s>3p>3d
  4. 3d>3s>3p

Answer: 3. 3s>3p>3d

Question 32. Hund’s rule pertains to the distribution of electrons in

  1. Principal energy shell
  2. An orbital
  3. Degenerate
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Degenerate

Question 33. A principal shell having the highest energy subshell to be V can accommodate electrons to a maximum of—

  1. 18
  2. 32
  3. 25
  4. 50

Answer: 4. 50

NCERT Class 11 Structure of Atom MCQs

Question 34. When an electron of H-atom jumps from a higher to lower energy, then—

  1. Its potential energy increases
  2. Its kinetic energy increases
  3. Its angular momentum remains unchanged
  4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Answer: 4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Question 35. What will be the number of spectral lines (AO observed if an electron undergoes a transition from n2 excited level to nl excited level in an atom of hydrogen—

  1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  2. \(N=\frac{\left(n_1-n_2\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  3. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2+n_1\right)\left(n_1+n_2+1\right)}{2}\)
  4. N = 2(nl-n2)(n2 + n1-l)

Answer: 1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)

NCERT Solutions Chapter 2 Structure of Atom MCQs

Question 36. The given diagram indicates the energy levels of certain atoms. When the system moves from 2E level to E, a photon of wavelength X is emitted. The wavelength of photon produced during its transition from level to E iS-

  1. \(\frac{\lambda}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 \lambda}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{4}{3} \lambda\)
  4. 3 λ

Answer: 4. 3 λ

Question 37. Electromagnetic radiation with maximum wavelength Is-

  1. Ultraviolet
  2. Radiowaves
  3. X-way
  4. infrared

Answer: 2. Radiowaves

Question 38. Brackett series are produced when the electrons from the outer orbits jump to—

  1. 2nd orbit
  2. 3rd orbit
  3. 4th orbit
  4. 5th orbit

Answer: 3. 4th orbit

Question 39. The following sets that do NOT contain isoelectronic species—

  1. \(\mathrm{BO}_3^{3-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CN}^{-}, \mathrm{N}_2, \mathrm{C}_2^{2-}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}, \mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{ClO}_4^{-}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)

Atom Structure MCQs Class 11 NCERT

Question 40. The hydrogen-like species Li2+ is in a spherically symmetric state S1 with one radial node. Upon absorbing light, the ion undergoes a transition to a state S2. The state S2 has one radial node and its energy is equal to the ground state energy ofthe hydrogen atom-

The state is

  1. 1s
  2. 2s
  3. 2p
  4. 3s

Answer: 2. 2s

 

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 3 Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 3 Classification Of Elements And Periodicity In Properties Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. An element belongs to Group 15 and the third period of the periodic table. Its electronic configuration will be

  1. ls22s22p2
  2. ls22s22p4
  3. ls22s22p63s23p3
  4. ls22s22p63s23p2

Answer: 3. ls22s22p63s23p3

The electronic configuration of the valence shell of group 15 elements in the periodic table is ns2np3 where n is the tire period number.

Therefore, the element located in the third period has the electronic configuration ls22s22p63s23p3

Questions 2. Which one ofthe following has the lowest ionization energy

  1. ls22s22p6
  2. ls22s22p5
  3. ls22s22p63s1
  4. ls22s22p3

Answer: 2. ls22s22p5

The electronic configuration ls22s22p63s1 is that of an alkali metal. In a certain period of the periodic table, the ionization potential of alkali metals is the lowest.

Question 3. If 2nd the ionization 1st ionization energy of the atom-atom is — is 13.6 eV, then the

  1. 27.2 eV
  2. 40.8 eV
  3. 54.4 eV
  4. 108.8eV

Answer: 3. 54.4 eV

The first ionization energy of the -atom is calculated as:

⇒ \(\frac{2 \pi^2 m Z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{n_1^2}-\frac{1}{n_2^2}\right)=13.6 \mathrm{eV}\)

The second ionization energy of the He atom is = 13.6 X Z2 eV = 13.6 X 22 eV = 54.4 eV.

Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties MCQs Class 11

Questions 4. The stable bivalency of Pb and trivalency of Bi is

  1. Due to d contraction in pb and bi
  2. Due to relativistic contraction of the 6s -orbitals of pb
  3. And bi, leading to an inert pair effect
  4. Due to the screening effect
  5. Due to the attainment of noble gas configuration.

Answer: 2. Due to relativistic contraction of the 6s -orbitals of pb

Due to the relativistic contraction of 6s -orbital, an inert pair effect is observed as a result of which, the lower oxidation states of elements attain stability on moving down a group in the periodic table. Thus lead shows stable bivalency while bismuth shows stable trivalency

Question 5. Which of the following is correct?

  1. Radius of ca2+ < cl- < s2
  2. The radius of cl- <s2-ca2+
  3. Radius of s2- = cl- = ca2+
  4. Radius of s2- cl- < ca2+

Answer: 1. Radius of ca2+ < cl- < s2+

The number of electrons in Ca2+, S2- and CI= 18, i.e., all three ions are isoelectronic.

For any ion, ionic radius oc(e/Z) [where, e = electron number and Z = atomic number]. Therefore, the correct order of the radii ofthe given three ions is—Ca2+ < Cl < S2-

Question 6. For BCl3, AlCl3, and GaCl3, the increasing order of ionic character is

  1. BCl3 < AlCl3 < GaCl3
  2. GaCl3 < AlCl3 < BCl3
  3. BCl3 <GaCl3 <AlCl3
  4. AlCl3 < BCl3 < GaCl3

Answer: 3. BCl3 <GaCl3 <AlCl3

The ionic character of a compound depends on the polarising power of the cation present in the compound. The greater the magnitude of polarising power, the lesser the ionic character of the cation.

Polarisingpower of B3+, Al3+, and Ga3+ follows the order: Al3+ < Ga3+ < B3+, Thus, the order of increasing ionic character is— BCl3 < GaCl3 < AICI3.

Question 7. The hydrides of the first elements in groups 15-17, namely NH3, H3O, and HF respectively show abnormally high values for ting and boiling points. This is due to

  1. Small sizes of n, 0 and
  2. The ability to form extensive intermolecular-bonding
  3. The ability to form extensive intramolecular h-bonding
  4. Effective van der waals interaction

Answer: 2. The ability to form extensive intramolecular-bonding

The ionization potential values of, O, and F are quite high and thus, they form intermolecular H-bonding in the compounds, NH3, H3O, and HF. As a result, these compounds show abnormally high values for melting and boiling points.

Question 8. Decreasing the basic character of K2O, BaO, CaO, and MgO is

  1. K2O > BaO > CaO > MgO
  2. K2O > CaO > BaO > MgO
  3. MgO > BaO > CaO > K2O
  4. MgO > CaO > BaO > K2O

Answer: 1. K2O > BaO > CaO > MgO Alkali metal oxides are highly basic. Down the group in the periodic table, the ionization potential of the alkaline earth metals decreases.

Question 9. Amongst Be, B, Mg, and A1 the second ionization potential is maximum for

  1. B
  2. Be
  3. Mg
  4. Al

Answer: 1. B

The electronic configuration of B (5) is ls22s22p1. The second ionization potential of B is the maximum because an electron has to be removed from the filled 2s orbital which will require a high amount of energy.

Question 10. An element X belongs to the period and fifteenth group of the periodic table. Which of the following statements is true

  1. It has a filled s -s-orbital and a partially filled d -d-orbital
  2. It has filled s -and p -orbital and a partly filled d -orbital
  3. It has filled s -and p orbitals and a half-filled d -orbital.
  4. It has a half-filled p -p-orbital and filled s and d – d-orbital

Answer: 4. It has a half-filled p-orbital and filled s and d – orbital

The element X is positioned at the 4th period and 15th group. Hence the element is As. (Atomic mass = 33) Electronic configuration ofthe element: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s2433 Thus the element has a half-filled p-orbital and a filled s  -and d – orbital

Question 11. Which of the following atoms should have the highest 1st electron affinity—

  1. F
  2. O
  3. N
  4. C

Answer: 1. F

Decreasing order of electron affinity: F > O > N > C.

Question 12. Which of the set of oxides are arranged in the proper order of basic, amphoteric acidic

  1. SO2,P2O5,CO
  2. BaO, Al2O3, SO2
  3. CaO, SiO2> Al2O3
  4. CO2, Al2O3, CO

Answer: 2. BaO→basic, Al2O3 amphoteric, SO2 → acidic

Question 13. Which ofthe following orders presents a correct sequence of the increasing basic nature ofthe given oxides—

  1. Al2O3 < MgO < Na2O < K2O
  2. MgO < K2O < Al2O3 < Na2O
  3. Na2O < K2O < MgO < Al2O3
  4. K2O < Na2O < Al2O3 < MgO

Answer: 1. Al2O3 < MgO < Na2O < K2O

With the increase in the value of the electropositivity of metals, the basic nature of their oxides also increases.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 3 MCQs

Question 14. The increasing order of the ionic radii of the given isoelectronic species is —

  1. S2- , Cl2- Ca2+ , K
  2. Ca2+ , K+ , Cl S2-
  3. K+ , S2- , Ca2+ , Cl
  4. Cl-, Ca2+, K2+, S2+

Answer: 2. Ca2+ , K+ , Cl S2-

For any atom Orion, ionic radius (e/Z) [e=number of electrons and Z= atomic number]. Since the given ions are isoelectronic their electron number is also the same.

It means the higher the atomic number lower the ionic radius of the ion. Therefore, the correct order of the ionic radii ofthe ions is Ca2+, K+, Cl S2-

Question 15. The first ionization potential of Na is 5.1 eV. The value of electron-gain enthalpy of Na+ will be

  1. +2.55ev
  2. -2.55ev
  3. -5.1ev
  4. -10.ev

Answer: 3. -5.1ev

For any element, the value of the first ionization potential and that of the electron-gain enthalpy of its unipositive ion. However, for electron gain enthalpy energy is liberated while for ionization potential energy is absorbed. Hence, they have the same magnitude but opposite sign.

Question 16. Which of the given represents the correct order of increasing first ionization enthalpy for Ca, Ba, S, Se, and Ar

  1. Ca<Ba<S<Se<Ar
  2. Ca < S < Ba < Se < Ar
  3. S < Se < Ca < Ba < Ar
  4. Ba < Ca < Se < S < Ar

Answer: 4. Ba < Ca < Se < S < Ar

On moving from left to right across a period in the periodic table, the values of ionization enthalpy of elements increase, while moving down a group it decreases.

Question 17. Ionic radii (A) of N3- , O2- and F

  1. 1.71, 1.40, and 1.36
  2. 1.36, 1.40, and 1.71
  3. 1.71, 1.36 and 1.40
  4. 1.36, 1.71 and 1.40

Answer: 2. 1.36, 1.40 and 1.71

The boiling point of Xe is the highest because the boiling point increases down the group from He to Rn due to an increase in van der Waals force of attraction as the size of the atom increases.

Question 19. Which of the following atoms has the highest first ionization energy

  1. Rb
  2. Na
  3. K
  4. Sc

Answer: 4. Sc

Question 20. The group having isoelectronic species is-

  1. O2- , F, Na+ Mg2+
  2. O, F,Na+   Mg2+
  3. O2- F, Na, Mg2+
  4. O F, Na+, Mg2+

Answer: 1. O2-, F, Na+ Mg2+

Question 21. Both lithium and magnesium display several similar properties due to the diagonal relationship, however, the incorrect one, is

  1. Both form nitrides
  2. Nitrates of both li and mg yield nO2 and O2 on heating
  3. Both form soluble carbonates
  4. Both form soluble bicarbonates

Answer: 3. Both form soluble carbonates

Despite having a diagonal relationship, Li and Mg differ in carbonate salts. Magnesium forms basic carbonate [3MgCO3, Mg(OH)2, 2H2O] but lithium like other alkali metals form normal carbonate [Li2CO3] salts. Hence, O-2, F+, and Mg2+ are isoelectronic species.

Question 22. What is the value of electron-gain enthalpy of Na+ if IEX

  1. -5.1 eV
  2. -10.2 eV
  3. +2.55 eV
  4. +10.2 eV

Answer: 1. -5.1 eV

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 3 Multiple Choice Questions

Question 23. In which of the following arrangements, the given sequence is not according to the indicated against it

  1. HO < H2S < H2Se < H2Te: increasing pKa values
  2. NH3 < PH3 < ASH3 < SbH3: increasing acidity
  3. CO2<SiO2<SnO2<PbO2: increasing oxidising power
  4. HF < HC1 < HBr <HI: increasing acidic strength

Answer: 1. HO < H2S < H2Se < H2Te: increasing pKa values

On moving down a group in the periodic table, the covalent character of the hydrides of the elements increases and so their acidity gradually increases. Therefore, the acidic character of the hydrides of the elements of group VA and VILA follows the order— NH3< PH3 < AsH3 < SbH3 and HF < HCI < HBr < HI On the other hand, the oxidizing power of the oxides in option follows the trend:

CO2 < SiO2 < SnO2 < PbO2

Question 24. Identify the wrong statement among the following 

  1. The atomic radius of the elements increases as one moves down the first group ofthe periodic table
  2. The atomic radius of the elements decreases as one moves across from left to right in the 2nd period of the periodic table
  3. Amongst isoelectronic species, the smaller the positive charge on the cation, the smaller the ionic radius
  4. Amongst isoelectronic species, the greater the negative charge on the anion, the larger the the ionic radius

Answer: 3. Amongst isoelectronic species, the smaller the positive charge on the cation, the smaller the ionic radius

On moving from left to right across a period. The proton number and magnitude of the nuclear charge of elements increase gradually leading to a corresponding decrease in the atomic radii of the elements.

Again, moving down a group, with an increase in the atomic number of elements, their atomic radii gradually decrease due to the addition of new shells. For isoelectronic ions, with a decrease in the positive charge of cations and with an increase in the negative charge of anions, ionic radii increase.

Question 25. The reason for lanthanoid contraction is

  1. Negligible screening effect of f-orbitals
  2. Increasing nuclear charge
  3. Decreasingnuclear charge
  4. Decreasing screening effect

Answer: 1. Negligible screening effect of f-orbitals.

Question 26. Be2+ is isoelectronic with which ofthe following ions?

  1. H+
  2. Li+
  3. Na+
  4. Mg2+

Answer: 2. Li+

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
\hline \text { Ion } & \mathrm{Be}^{2+} & \mathrm{H}^{+} & \mathrm{Li}^{+} & \mathrm{Na}^{+} & \mathrm{Mg}^{2+} \\
\hline \text { No. of electron } & 2 & 0 & 2 & 10 & 10 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Question 27. Which of the following orders of ionic radii is correctly represented?

  1. H→ H+→H
  2. F→ O2→Na+
  3. Na+ → F→ O2-
  4. Al3+ > Mg2+ > N3

Answer: 2. F→ O2→Na+

None of the options is correct; An atom loses an electron (s) to form a cation. Thus, the radius of the formed cation is less than the parent atom.

Again an atom gains electron (s) to form an anion. So, the radius of the formed anion is greater than the parent atom. Therefore, H > H > H+. Now, for isoelectronic species, with an increase in their atomic number, their ionic radii decrease. Therefore, the correct orders of ionic radii are O2-→F¯ > Na+ and N3- > Mg2+ > Al3+

Question 28. The species Ar, K+, and Ca2+ contain the same number of electrons. In which order do their radii increase

  1. Ca2+ <K+<Ar
  2. K+ < Ar < Ca2+
  3. Ar < K+ < Ca2+
  4. Ca2+ < Ar < K+

Answer: 1. Ca2+ <K+<Ar

For isoelectronic species atomic/ionic radii decrease with the increase of nuclear charge. Hence increasing order atomic/ionic radii  Ca2+ < igK+ < 18Ar.

Periodicity in Properties MCQs Class 11 Chemistry

Question 29. Because of lanthanide contraction, which of the following pairs of elements have nearly the same atomic radii (Numbers in the parenthesis are atomic numbers)

  1. Zr(40) and Hf(72)
  2. Zr(40) and Ta(73)
  3. Ti(22) and Zr(40)
  4. Zr(40) and Nb(41)

Answer: 1. Zr(40) and Hf(72)

Zr and Hf have the same atomic radii due to the lanthanide contraction.

Question 30. In which ofthe following options the order of arrangement does not agree with the variation of property indicated against it

  1. I < Br < Cl < F (increasing electron-gain enthalpy)
  2. Li<Na<K<Rb (increasingmetallic radius)
  3. Al3+ < Mg2+_ < Na+ < F(increasing ionic size)
  4. B<C<N<0 (increasing first ionization enthalpy)

Answer: 1. I < Br < Cl < F (increasing electron-gain enthalpy)

The increasing order of negative electron gain enthalpy; I < Br < F < Cl and that of first ionization energy: B < C < O < N.

Question 31. The element Z =114 has been discovered recently. It will belong to which of the following family/groups and electronic configuration—

  1. Carbon family, [rn]5/I46d107s27p2
  2. Oxygen family, [rn]5/146d107s27p4
  3. Nitrogen family, [rn]5/146d107s27p6
  4. Halogen family, [rn]5/I46d107s27p5

Answer: 1. Carbon family, [rn]5/i46d107s27p2

The electronic configuration of the element having atomic mass 114 is [Rn]5f14 6d107s27p2 The outer electronic configuration of the element is the same as that of carbon. So the element should belong to the carbon family.

Question 32. Among CaH2, BeH2, BaH2 the order of ionic character

  1. BeH2<CaH2<BaH2
  2. CaH2 < BeH2 < BaH2
  3. BeH2 < HaH2 < CaH2
  4. BaH2 < BeH2 < CaH2

Answer: BeH2<CaH2<BaH2

Down a group metallic character increases. Thus ionic character of the metal hydride increases down the group. Hence least ionic compound is BeH2.

Question 33. Which ofthe following oxides is most acidic

  1. MgO
  2. BeO
  3. BaO
  4. CaO

Answer: 2. BeO

Down a group, the metallic character of the elements increases. Hence down the group basic character of the metallic oxide increases. Thus BeO has the most acidic character. It is an amphoteric oxide whereas others are basic oxides.

Question 34. The first ionization enthalpy of Na, Mg, and Si are 496, 737, and 776 kj.mol-1 respectively. What will be the first ionization enthalpy potential of a kj mol-1

  1. >766 kj – mol-1
  2. >496 and < 737 k).mol-1
  3. >737 and < 766 kj.mol-1
  4. >496 kj- mol-1

Answer: 2. >496 and < 737 k).mol-1

The ionization enthalpy of A1 is lower than that of Mg as the 3p1 electron of A1 is easier to remove than to remove an electron from the fully-filled 3s -orbital of Mg.

Question 35. Which is correct regarding the size of the atom

  1. B < Ne
  2. Na > K
  3. N < O
  4. V > Ti

Answer: 2. The atomic radii of noble gases are the largest in their respective periods. This is due to the reason that noble gases have only van der Waals radii.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Classification of Elements MCQs

Question 36. An element (X) belongs to the fourth period and fifteenth group of the periodic table. Which one of the following is true regarding the outer electronic configuration of (X)? It has

  1. Partially filled d -d-orbitals and filled orbital,
  2. Filled s -orbital and filled p orbitals.
  3. Filled s -orbital and half-filled p -orbitals.
  4. Half-filled d -orbitals and filled s -orbitals.

Answer: 3. filled s -orbital and half-filled p -orbitals.

The electronic configuration of (X) can be written as X: ls22s22p63s33p64s23d104p3 So, element (X) has filled s -and d -orbitals and half-filled p -orbitals.

Question 37. Which of the following transformations produces the maximum amount of energy

  1. M-(g)→M(g)
  2. M(g)→M-(g)
  3. M+(g)→M3+(g)

Answer: 4. M2++(g)→M3+(g)

Question 38. The amount of energy released when 106 atoms of iodine in a vapor state are converted into- ions is 4.8 x 10-13 J. What is the electron affinity of iodine in kJ mol-1

  1. 489
  2. 289
  3. 259
  4. 389

Answer: 2. 289

Question 39. The elements that occupy the peaks of the ionization energy potential curve are

  1. Na, K, Rb, Cs
  2. Cl, F, Br, I
  3. Na, Mg, Cl, I
  4. He, Ne, Ar, Kr

Answer: 4. He, Ne, Ar, Kr

Question 40. The electronic configuration ofthe atom having maximum difference second and third ionization enthalpies is

  1. ls22s22p63s2
  2. ls22s22p63s23p1
  3. ls22s22p63s23p2
  4. ls22s22p63s1

Answer: 1. ls22s22p63s2

Question 41. Identify the least stable ion amongst the following

  1. Li
  2. Be
  3. B
  4. C

Answer: 2. Be

Question 42. If each orbital can accommodate a maximum of four electrons, the number of elements in the third period of the periodic table will be

  1. 10
  2. 12
  3. 14
  4. 16

Answer: 4. 16

Question 43. Three elements X, Y, and Z are present in the third short period and their oxides are ionic, amphoteric, and giant molecules respectively. The correct order of atomic numbers of X, Y, and Z is

  1. Z< Y<X
  2. X<Z<Y
  3. Y<Z<X
  4. X<Y<Z

Answer: 4. X<Y<Z

Question 44. A gaseous mixture of He, Ne, Ar, and Kr is irradiated with photons of frequency appropriate to ionize Ar. The ion(s) present in the mixture will be

  1. Only
  2. Ar+ and He+
  3. Ar+ and Ne
  4. Ar+ and Kr+

Answer: 4. Ar+ and Kr+

MCQs on Classification of Elements Chapter 3 Class 11 Chemistry

Question 45. Boiling point of Kr & Rn are -152°C & -62°C respectively. Then the boiling point of Xe is expected to be

  1. -92C
  2. -87C
  3. -107C
  4. 77C

Answer: 3. -107C

Question 46. Which ofthe following is smallest in size

  1. Li+ (aq)
  2. Na+ (aq)
  3. K+ (aq)
  4. Rb+ (aq)

Answer: 4. Rb+ (aq)

Question 47. The atomic radius of Li is 1.23 A and the ionic radius of Li+ is 0.76 A. Percentage of the volume occupied by a single valence electron in Li is

  1. 35
  2. 52.5
  3. 76.4
  4. 83.72

Answer: 3. 76.4

Question 48. The number of valence electrons in element A is 3 and that in element B is 6. The most probable compound from A and B is

  1. A2B
  2. AB2
  3. A6B3
  4. A2B3

Answer: 4. A2B3

Class 11 Chemistry Periodicity in Properties Multiple Choice Questions

Question 49. The ionic radius of ‘Cr’ is the minimum in which of the following compounds

  1. K2CrO4
  2. CrF3
  3. CrO2
  4. CrCl3

Answer: 1. K2CrO4

Question 50. The correct order of radii is

  1. N < Be < B
  2. F<O2- <N3-
  3. Na < Li < K
  4. Fe3+ <Fe2+<Fe4+

Answer: 2. F<O2- <N3-

 

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Oxidation numbers of S in peroxonosulphric and peroxonosulphric acids respectively are-

  1. +3 and +3
  2. +4 and +6
  3. +6 and +6
  4. +8 and +7

Answer: 2. +4 and +6

Question 2. The oxidation number of pyrophosphoriqaeid is-

  1. +1
  2. +3
  3. +4
  4. +5

Answer: 4. +5

Question 3. When SO2 gas is passed through an acidic solution of K2Gr2O7, the oxidation number of S changes by

  1. 2 unit
  2. 3 unit
  3. 4 unit
  4. 6 unit

Answer: 1. 2 unit

Redox Reactions Class 11 Multiple Choice Questions

Question 4. When manganous salt is fused with KNO3 and solid NaOH, the oxidation number changes from

  1. +2 to +3
  2. +2 to +4
  3. +2 to +6
  4. +2 to +7

Answer: 3. +2 to +6

Question 5. Which ofthe following reactions is not a redox reaction

  1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→ Cu2I2 + 2K2SO4 + I2
  2. SO2 + H2O→H2SO3
  3. CuSO4 + 4NH3→ [Cu(NH3)4]SO4
  4. 4KClO3 →3KC1O4 + KCl

Answer: 3. CuSO4 + 4NH3→ [Cu(NH3)4]SO4

Question 6. Which of the following reactions does the reaction, Ag2+ + Ag→Ag+, belong to

  1. Reduction
  2. Oxidation
  3. Comproportionation
  4. Disproportionation

Answer: 3. Comproportionation

Question 7. In the following reaction, the oxidation half-reaction gives, 2KMnO4 + 5H2C2O4 + 3H2SO4 →  K2SO4 + 2MnSO4+ 10CO2 + 8H2O

  1. MnSO4
  2. CO2
  3. K2SO4
  4. H2O

Answer: 2. CO2

Question 8. The amount of electrons required to reduce 1 mol of nitrate ions to hydrazine is-

  1. 7 mol
  2. 6 mol
  3. 5 mol
  4. 4 mol

Answer: 1. 7 mol

Question 9. The reaction of ClO2 with H2O2 in an alkaline medium results in O2 and Cl ions. In this reaction, ClO2 acts as an oxidant. The number of mol of H2O2 oxidized by 1 mol of ClO2 is

  1. 1.0
  2. 1.2
  3. 2.5
  4. 2.8

Answer: 3. 2.5

Question 10. In the balanced equation of the reaction,

⇒  \(\mathrm{Zn}+\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnO}_2^{2-}+\mathrm{NH}_3\), the coefficients of Zn, NO3 and OH respectively are—

  1. 1,4 and 8
  2. 8,3 and 2
  3. 4,1 and 7
  4. 5,2 and 8

Answer: 3. 4,1 and 7

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions MCQs

Question 11. The amount of iodine that liberates in the reaction of 0.1 mol of K2Cr2O? with an excess of K3 in an acidic solution is

  1. 0.1 mol
  2. 0.2 mol
  3. 0.3 mol
  4. 0.4 mol

Answer: 3. 0.3 mol

Question 12. In a strong alkaline solution, the equivalent mass of KMnO4 (molecular mass =M) is—

  1. M/5
  2. M/2
  3. M/2
  4. M

Answer: 4. M

Question 13. In the balanced equation for the reaction,

⇒ \(\mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+a \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+b \mathrm{OH}^{-}\) →  \(x \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+y \mathrm{ClO}^{-} \div z \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-} \div 6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the values of a and b respectively are-

  1. 3 and 7
  2. 8 and 3
  3. 5 and 2
  4. 6 and 8

Answer: 2. 8 and 3

Question 14. In the reaction of KMnO4 with ferrous ions in an acidic medium, KMnO4 oxidizes ferrous ions to ferric ions and itself gets reduced to manganous salt. The number of ferrous ions oxidized by 100 mL of 0.2(N) KMnO4 solution is

  1. 1.117 g
  2. 1.562 g
  3. 2.173 g
  4. 1.934 g

Answer: 1. 1.117 g

Question 15. The oxidation number of B in NaBH4 is 

  1. -3
  2. +3
  3. +2
  4. -4

Answer: 2. +3

Question 16. The equivalent mass of the oxidant in the reaction, 3Cl2 + 6NaOH→5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2O is

  1. 71
  2. 14.2
  3. 7.1
  4. 35.5

Answer: 3. 7.1

Question 17. \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{I}_2\) In the balanced equation of this reaction, the coefficient of H2O is-

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 4. 5

Question 18. In the balanced equation for the reaction-

⇒ \(\mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+a \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+b \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)→ \( x \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+y \mathrm{ClO}^{-}+z \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. x+y+z=a
  2. a+x+z=b
  3. a-x-z=y
  4. b-a=y-z

Answer: 2. a+x+z=b

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions MCQs NCERT Solutions

Question 19. In the reaction, Fe3O4 + KMnO4 → Fe2O3 +MnO2, the equivalent mass of Fe3O4 is

  1. 116
  2. 232
  3. 773
  4. 154.6

Answer: 2. 232

Question 20. Which of the following requires an oxidant

1. Cu2+→ Cu

2. Cu3P2→2PH3

3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

4. \(\mathrm{SO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\)

Answer: 3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

Question 21. In the presence of HCl(aq), K2Cr2O7 oxidizes tin (Sn) into Sn4+ ions. The amount of that will be oxidisedby1 mol K2Cr2O7 is 

  1. 1.0 mol
  2. 1.5 mol
  3. 2.0 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 2. 1.5 mol

NCERT Redox Reactions MCQs for Class 11

Question 22. The amount of Na2S2O3 required for reducing iodine produced by the reaction of mol ofKI with H2O2 in an acid medium is

  1. 0.5 mol
  2. 1 mol
  3. 2 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 3. 2 mol

Question 23. The ratio of equivalent masses of KMnO4 in acidic, strong alkaline, and neutral solutions is

  1. 3:5:15
  2. 3:15:5
  3. 5:5:3
  4. 3:3:5

Answer: 2. 3:15:5

Question 24. The amount of H2O2 required for decolorizing 1 mol of KMnO4 in an acid solution is

  1. 1.5 mol
  2. 2.0 mol
  3. 2.5 mol
  4. 3.0 mol

Answer: 3. 2.5 mol

Question 25. Fe has the lowest oxidation state in

  1. FeSO4(NH4)2SO4.6H2O
  2. K4[Fe(CN)g]
  3. Fe(CO)5
  4. Fe0.94O

Answer: 3. Fe(CO)5

Question 26. A compound of Xe and F is found to have 53.5% Xe. What is the oxidation number of Xein in this compound?

  1. -4
  2. 0
  3. +4
  4. +6

Answer: 4. +6

Multiple Choice Questions on Redox Reactions Class 11 Chemistry

Question 27. A disproportionation reaction is not possible for

  1. ASH3
  2. SF4
  3. H5IO6
  4. PCl3

Answer: 3. PCl3

Question 28. When lmol of KClO3 accepts 4 t nol of electrons, the expected product is

  1. ClO2
  2. ClO4
  3. OCl
  4. Cl

Answer: 3.  OCl

Question 29. \(\mathrm{M}^{x+}+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{MO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2\) If 1 mol of MnO4 oxidises 2.5 mol of M-v+, then the value of X is 

  1. 5
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 1

Answer: 4. 1

Redox Reactions MCQs Chapter 8 Class 11 NCERT

Question 30. During the reaction between KClO3 and (COOH)2 in an acidic medium, the tire element that undergoes a maximum change in the oxidation number is

  1. K
  2. O
  3. Cl
  4. C

Answer: 3. Cl

Question 31. If the oxidation numbers of Cr in CrOg, K2CrO K,Cr2O and [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl are +a, +b, +c and +d respectively, then

  1. a>c>b>d
  2. a=x>b>d
  3. a=b>c>d
  4. a=b=c>d

Answer: 2. a=x>b>d

Question 32. The oxidation number of Pt in [Pt(C2H4)Cl3]is

  1. +3
  2. +4
  3. +2
  4. O

Answer: 3. +2

Question 34. For the reaction:

⇒  \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+x \mathrm{ClO}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+y \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the value of y/x is

  1. 2.0
  2. 2.5
  3. 1.0
  4. 1.5

Answer: 2. 2.5

Question 35. The oxidation number of Ba(H2PO2)2 is

  1. +3
  2. +2
  3. +1
  4. -1

Answer: 3. +1

Question 36. \(a \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+b \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+c \mathrm{H}^{+}=\mathrm{I}^{-} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+b \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+d \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. a = 3
  2. b = 5
  3. c =10
  4. d = 6

Answer: 2. b = 5

NCERT Class 11 Redox Reactions MCQs

Question 37. The mixture of NaOH solution and white P on heating produces PH3 gas and Na2H2PO2. The above reaction is an example of

  1. Oxidation reaction
  2. Reduction reaction
  3. Comproportionation reaction
  4. Disproportionation reaction

Answer: 4. Disproportionation reaction

Question 38. For the reaction:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{HNO}_3(a q) \longrightarrow\) \(\mathrm{Zn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

The change in oxidation number per mole HNO3 is

  1. Increases by 6 unit
  2. Decreases by 4 unit
  3. Decreases by 8 unit
  4. Decreases by 6 unit

Answer: 3. Decreases by 8 unit

Question 39. To balance the chemical equation

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+x e \rightarrow \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\) the value of x should be-

  1. 8
  2. 6
  3. 5
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 6

Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Multiple Choice Questions

Question 40. Find the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 for the reaction

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+\mathrm{NaI}(a q)\)

[Assume that the molecular mass of Na2S2O3 is M]

  1. M/8
  2. M
  3. M/2
  4. M/4

Answer: 2. M

 

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

 

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Liquids States Of Matter Gases

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Introduction

Anything that possesses mass and occupies space is called matter. Based on physical state, they can be of three types i.e., solid, liquid, and gas. Any substance can exist in any one ofthe three states, depending on the temperature and pressure.

Along with these three states, matter can exist in two other states.

They are plasma and Bose-Einstein condensate. However, the physical state of a substance at normal temperature (usually 25°C) and pressure {i.e. 1 atm) depends on its normal melting point and normal boiling point.

  • A substance is said to be in a gaseous state if its normal boiling point is below room temperature.
  • According to kinetic molecular theory, matter is composed of minute particles (like atoms, molecules, or ions), which are held together by intermolecular forces of attraction.
  • However, particles of matter also possess thermal energy due to temperature.
  • The forces arising from thermal energy have a disruptive effect and tend to cause the particles to get separated from each other.

Read and Learn More CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Thus, the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction and that of thermal energy are just opposite, and they counteract each other.

  • The relative magnitudes of those counteracting effects determine whether a substance would exist in a solid, liquid, or gaseous state at a given temperature and pressure.
  • If the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much less than that of the thermal energy of the molecules in a substance, then the substance exists in the gaseous state.
  • Because intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas are very weak or negligible, gas molecules do not occupy fixed positions.
  • Instead, they are always in ceaseless, rapid, and random motion, and move out independently throughout the entire volume ofthe container holding the gas.
  • This explains why gases do not have any definite shape or volume.

When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is comparatively greater than that of the thermal energy of the molecules of a substance, then the substance exists in the liquid state.

  • Because intermolecular forces attract liquids that are not so strong for their molecules to be held at well-defined positions, liquids do not have a definite shape.
  • They assume the shape of the container in which they are kept.
  • However, intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid are strong enough to hold the molecules together and prevent them from moving apart. This is why liquids have a definite volume.
  • When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much stronger compared to that of thermal energy in a substance, then the substance exists in a solid state.
  • In a solid due to strong intermolecular forces of attraction, particles in I Solid state making up the solid are held at fixed locations and remain very close to each other.

Particles, being held at fixed positions, do not possess translational motion although they can vibrate about their mean positions. As the particles in a solid have fixed positions and lack translational motion, solids have a definite shape and volume.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Influence ofthermal energy increases

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Notes Liquids, States of Matter, Gases

Various Kinds Of Intermolecular Attractive Forces And Their Nature

Attractive Forces Acting Between The molecules (atoms in the case of monoatomic gas) in a substance are called intermolecular forces of attraction.

These forces are different from the electrostatic force existing between the two oppositely charged ions and the forces that hold the atoms together with molecular covalent bonds intermolecular forces of attraction are relatively weaker than the forces of attraction by which atoms are held in covalent bonds or the electrostatic forces of hydrogen by which oppositely charged ions are held.

Different Types Of Intermolecular Forces of Attraction

 

Intermolecular forces of attraction are classified as follows:

  1. Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attractions.
  2. Dipole-dipole attractions.
  3. Dipole-induced dipole attractions
  4. Ion-dipole attractions
  5. Hydrogen bond. Among the above forces, the first three are collectively known as the van der Waals forces because van der Waals explained the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour in terms of these forces. In this chapter, we will focus only on the van der Waals forces.

Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction (London forces or dispersion forces)

These forces are found to occur in all substances because they exist between all atoms, molecules, and ions. In the case of non-polar substances, however, these are the only intermolecular forces that operate.

Due to the existence of these forces, it is possible to transform non-polar gases (such as H2, N2, O2, CH4, etc.) or inert gases (such as He, Ne, Ar, etc.) into liquid, when cooled to very low temperatures.

These forces are commonly known as London forces, after the name of a German physicist. Frit London, explained the origin and nature of these forces.

Origin:

To understand the origin of London forces, let us consider the generation of a dipole in an atom. Electrons are symmetrically distributed around the nucleus of an atom.

This symmetrical distribution is a time average distribution and the centers of gravity of the positive charge and negative charge (electron cloud) remain at the same point in this distribution.

However, at any instant, the density of the electron cloud on one side of the nucleus may be greater than the other.

Consequently, an instantaneous dipole develops in the die atom due to the separation of charge centers and as a result, a partial negative charge (O’-) on one side ofthe atom and a partial positive charge (5+) on the other side are created.

This short-lived dipole continuously changes its direction with the movement of electrons in such a way that the time average dipole moment becomes zero. The instantaneous dipole formed in one atom distorts the symmetrical distribution of the electron cloud of a neighbouring atom and induces an instantaneous dipole in that atom.

Similar temporary dipoles are induced in polar molecules also. This leads to an interatomic or intermolecular attraction. Such forces of attraction are known as instantaneous-induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction. Illustrates how instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole forces develop between the atoms in He gas.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Instantaneous Induced Dipole instantaneous induced dipole attraction between two he atoms

Characteristics:

  1. The strength of London forces decreases very rapidly as the distance between particles increases. If the distance between two interacting particles is r then the strength of London forces varies as 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force generally lies between 0.05 to 40 kj.mol-1
  3. The magnitude of London’s force depends on the polarisability ofthe atoms or molecules. The polarisability of an atom or a molecule is a measure of the ease with which its electron clouds can be distorted.

An atom or a molecule with a large size (or large molar mass) contains a large number of electrons and hence possesses a large diffused electron cloud, which can get distorted easily. This is why atoms or molecules with larger size (or molar mass) are more polarisable and found to possess stronger London forces.

For the halogens, molecular sizes follow the order: F2 < Cl2 < Br2 < I2:

Accordingly, the order of their increasing strength of London forces is F, < Cl, < Br2 < I2. Because of this, their boiling points follow the order F2 < Cl2 < Br2< I2 Similarly, the order of boiling points of inert gases is He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe. This is because the atomic size of inert gases increases in die same order.

Dipole-dipole attraction

These forces exist between neutral polar molecules (Example: H2O, NH3, HC1, etc.). However, in addition to these forces, London forces also act between the molecules.

Origin:

Polar molecules have permanent dipoles.

  • They possess a partial positive charge at one end and a partial negative charge at the other end.
  • The dipole-dipole attractive force causes the polar molecules to align themselves in such a manner that the positive end of one polar molecule is directed towards the negative end of another polar molecule.
  • As a result, a net attractive force acts between the two polar molecules.

This attractive force is called the dipole-dipole attractive force.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Dipole-dipole attractive force between two HCl molecules

Dipole-dipole attraction Characteristics:

  1. Dipole-dipole attractive forces are generally stronger than London forces and have a magnitude ranging from 5-25 kj.mol-1
  2. The strength of dipole-dipole attractive forces increases with the increasing polarity of the molecules
  3. As the distance between the two dipolar molecules increases, the strength of these forces decreases. If the distance between two dipoles is r, then dipole-dipole attractive forces will be proportional to l/r6.

Dipole-induced dipole attractions

These forces act between polar molecules having permanent dipole moments and non-polar molecules or polar molecules having very low dipole moments. For example— H2O….I2, Kr….(phenol)2, etc.

Origin:

Whenever a polar molecule comes closer to a polarisable non-polar molecule, the polar molecule induces a dipole moment in the non-polar molecule by deforming or polarising its electron cloud.

Thus, the non-polar molecule becomes a dipole. We call it an induced dipole as it is induced by the polar molecule. As a result, attractive forces are generated between the permanent dipole and the induced dipole. This attractive force is called dipole-induced dipole attractive force.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Dipole-induced dipole interaction

Dipole-induced dipole attractions Characteristics:

  1. If the distance between the molecule with a permanent dipole and that with an induced dipole is r, then the dipole-induced dipole attractive force between them is found to be proportional to 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force increases with the increasing dipole moment of a polar molecule and the polarisability of a non-polar molecule.
  3. The magnitude of this force is generally 2-10 kj.mol-1.

Physical And Measurable Properties Of Gaseous Substances

The physical properties of different gaseous substances are generally the same although their chemical properties may differ Some important properties

The physical properties of a gas can be explained with the help of four measurable properties such as pressure, temperature, mass, and volume. Different gas laws are based on the relationships among these properties.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Characteristic Physical properties of gaseous substances.

Mass And Volume Of Gas

  • Mass of gas:  The mass of a gas enclosed in a container can be determined by subtracting the mass of the empty container from the mass of the container filled with the gas. In the gas laws, the amount of a gas is generally expressed in terms of moles. The number of moles of a gas enclosed in a container is obtained by dividing the mass of the gas by its molar mass.
  • Volume of a gas: At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas enclosed in a container is equal to the volume ofthe container
  • Units of volume: Generally, volume is expressed in the (L), millilitre (mL), cubic centimetre (cm3), cubic meter (m3), or cubic decimetre (dm3).

The relationship among these different units are—

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~L}=10^3 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^3 \times\left(10^{-1}\right)^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=1 \mathrm{dm}^3\)

In the SI system, the unit of volume is a cubic meter (m3).

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~m}^3=\left(10^2 \mathrm{~cm}\right)^3=10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^6 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=10^3 \mathrm{~L}\)

The pressure of a gas

The pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of the gas molecules with the walls of the container in which it is kept. It is defined as the force exerted by the gas molecules per unit area ofthe walls of the container.

Measurement of atmospheric pressure:

Atmospheric pressure is measured with the help of an apparatus known as a barometer To construct a barometer, a glass tube, about 80 cm long, with one end closed is filled with dry mercury.

  • And placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually.
  • This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal.
  • When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is nd placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually.
  • This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal.

When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Mercury Barometer

  • Inside The Tube Is a Perfect Vacuum, The Pressure is Due To The. Mercury Column Is Equal To The Pressure Of The Atmosphere.
  • Thus, The Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube Is
  • A Direct Measure Of The Atmospheric Pressure.
  • For This Reason, Atmospheric Pressure Is Usually Expressed In
  • Terms Of Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube. For Example, The Atmospheric Pressure Of 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) Hg Means That The Atmospheric Pressure Is Equal To The Pressure Exerted By 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) mercury column.

The pressure exerted by the mercury column:

Let us consider a mercury column of hem height in a glass tube with a uniform cross-sectional area of Acm². The downward force exerted by the mercury column is equal to its weight, and this force per unit area is the pressure exerted by the column.

Therefore, the pressure exerted by the mercury column,

P = \(\frac{\text { force }}{\text { area }}=\frac{\text { mass } \times \text { acceleration due to gravity }}{A}=\frac{m \times g}{A}\)

Where m and g are the mass of the mercury inside the tube and acceleration due to gravity respectively. If the volume and density of mercury inside the tube are V and d, respectively,

Then- V=  A × h and m = V × d = A × h × d

And,

P = \(\frac{m \times g}{A}=\frac{A \times h \times \mathrm{d} \times g}{A}\)

  • By using equation (1), we can calculate the pressure exerted by a mercury column of height if the density (d) of mercury and the acceleration due to gravity (g) is known of a place depending on the height of that place from the sea level.
  • The higher the altitude, the lower the atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure also depends on the temperature and weather conditions.
  • The pressure exerted by a mercury column of 76 cm or 760 mm height at sea level is defined as the standard or normal atmospheric pressure.

Determination of the pressure of gas:

The instrument used for measuring the pressure of a gas in a vessel is called a manometer. Using this instrument, the pressure of gaseous reactants or products in a chemical reaction can be measured. Manometers are of two types: open-end manometers and closed-end manometers.

Open-end manometer:

It consists of aU-tube partly filled with mercury. One arm ofthe tube is longer than the other. The shorter arm is connected to a container holding a gas whose pressure is to be determined. The longer arm is open to the atmosphere, Three possibilities may arise during the determination of the pressure of a gas using such a manometer.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Open End manometer

  • The level of mercury in both the arms of the U-tube is the same. Therefore, the pressure of the gas enclosed in the bulb is equal to the atmospheric pressure, i.e., Pgas = Patm. 
  • The level of mercury in the longer arm of the U-tube is above that in the shorter arm. This occurs when the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is greater than the atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgas >Patm. 
  • The pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure + difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of the  U-tube i.e., Pgas = Patm. 
  • The level of mercury in the longer arm is below that in the shorter arm, indicating the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is less than the die atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgas < Patm. 
  • Therefore, the pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure – the difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of the tube, ie., Psas = Paatmh

Closed-end manometer:

If the pressure of the gas inside the die container is less than the die atmospheric pressure, then this type of manometer is generally used to determine the pressure of the gas.

  • It also consists of a U-tube with arms of different heights, The space above the mercury level ofthe closed-end arm of the U-tube is made perfectly vacuum by partially filling up the tube with mercury.
  • The shorter arm is connected to the container filled with gas whose pressure is to be determined.

Because of the pressure exerted by the gas, the mercury level goes down in the shorter arm and goes up in the longer arm. The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms gives the pressure of the gas.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Closed End Manometer

Therefore, the pressure of the gas= The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms = h i.e., Pgas= h

Units of pressure:

1. The pressure of a gas is generally expressed in the unit of the atmosphere (atm). The pressure exerted by exactly 76 cm (or 760 mm) of a mercury column at the level of 0°C is called 1 atmosphere (1 atm).

2. Sometimes, pressure is also expressed in torr [named after Torricelli], The pressure exerted by exactly 1 mm of mercury column at sea level at 0°C is called 1 torr.

1 atm = 760 torr

The value of 1 atm pressure in torma of dyn/cm² and N/m²:

At 0°C, the density of pure mercury, d = 13.5951 g. cm-3, standard acceleration due to gravity, g =9110.665 cm. s¯³; height of mercury column, h = 76cm.

Applying the relation P = h × d × g gives,

1 atm =76 cm × 13.5951 g cm¯³ ×  980.665 cm. s¯²

= 1.013 × 106 dyn cm¯² [∴ dyn = g. cm. s¯²)

= 1.013 × 105 N m‾²

1N = 105 dyn and 1m = 100 cm]

The SI unit of pressure is Pascal.

3. The pressure exerted when a force of 1 newton acts on an area of lm² is called 1 pascal. Therefore,[1 Pa = 1 N m‾²J, and 1 atm

= 1.013 ×105 N.m² = 1.013 ×105 Pa

= 101.3 kPa

1 atm = 76.0 cm Hg = 760 mm Hg = 760 torn = 1.013 × 105 N m-2

= 1.013 × 105 Pa Another unit used for gas pressure is a bar.

1 bar = 105 Pa = 0.9869 atm = 750.062 torr and atm = 1.013 bar

The pressure is also expressed in the unit pound per square inch or psi. 1 atm = 14.7 psi

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a certain place, the atmospheric pressure is 740 mm Hg. What will be the value of this pressure in the units of— torr atm Pa and bar
Answer: Given:

Atmospheric pressure = 740 mm Hg.

1 torr =1 mm Hg.

Therefore, 740 mm Hg = 740 torr

1 atm = 760 mm Hg

Thus, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.97 atm

Atm = 760 mm Hg = 1.013 X 105 Pa

Therefore, 740mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}^{-10}\)

= 9.86 ×104 Pa

1 atm = 760 mm Hg

= 1.013 bar

Hence, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \text { bar }}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.986 bar.

Liquids and Gases States of Matter Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Question 2. A bulb filled with a gas is connected to an open-end manometer. The level of mercury in the arm attached to the gas bulb is 20 cm lower than that in the open-ended arm. Calculate the pressure of the gas in the bulb in the units of atm and Pa. Consider the atmospheric pressure to be 76 cm Hg.
Answer:

Since the height of the mercury level in the open-end arm is higher than that in the arm attached to the bulb,

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}+h=(76+20) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

h = 20cm, p atm = 76cm hg]

As 1 atm = 76 cm Hg

= 1.013 × 105 Pa

⇒ \(96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=1.26 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 3. An open-end manometer was used to determine the pressure of a gas present in a container. It was found that the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the gas-filled container was 4 cm higher than that in the open-end arm. If the atmospheric pressure was measured to be 76 cm Hg, then what would be the pressure of the gas inside the container in the atm unit
Answer:

As the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the container is higher than that in the open-end arm

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h\)

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h=(76-4.0) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

Thus, the pressure of gas Inside the container

⇒ \(=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 1 \mathrm{~atm}=0.94 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Temperature of a gas

Temperature is a measure of the degree of hotness or coldness ofa the body. It is a property that determines the direction of heat flow from one body to another.

The temperature of a body is measured by an instrument known as a thermometer. Three types of temperature scales are generally used. These are the Celsius scale, Fahrenheit scale, and Kelvin scale.

Celsius scale:

On the Celsius scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are O’C and 100°C, respectively. On this scale, 0°C (lower fixed point) and ItMTC (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 100 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°C.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Different Type Of Tempertaure Scales

Fahrenheit scale:

On the Fahrenheit scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are 32°F and 212°F respectively.

On this scale, 32°F (lower fixed point) and 212°F (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 180 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°.

Kelvin or absolute scale:

On this scale, -273°C temperature is considered as zero point and is termed as absolute zero temperature. Hence, the Kelvin scale is also called the absolute scale of temperature.

Each division on this scale is called IK [Note the temperature unit is K, not °K. The conventional degree symbol (°) is not written] and is equal to each division on the Celsius scale (i.e. equal to 1°C). So, the zero point on the Kelvin scale is 273-degree units below the zero point on the Celsius scale [i.e., 0°C).

Hence, 0°C = 273K and 0 K = -273°C. According to the absolute scale, the value of temperature is called absolute temperature and is generally expressed by the letter, T.

Relation between Celsius and Kelvin scale:

Let, a particular temperature in the Celsius scale be t°C and in the Kelvin scale be 7K.

As 0°C = 273 K, so (0 + f)°C = (273 + 1)K or’l t°C = (273 + t)K

Therefore, if the temperature on the Celsius scale is t°C, then this temperature kelvin scale will be (273 + t)K.

Example: 25 °C = (273 + 25) = 298 K,

-40°C = (273-40) = 233K

  • The SI unit oftemperatureiskelvin(K).
  • The value of temperature on the Kelvin scale is always positive.
  • The numerical values of the change in temperature in both Celsius and Kelvin scales are the same.

Gas laws

The gaseous state is the simplest state of matter. All gases irrespective of their chemical nature, obey some general laws called gas laws. These laws are related to four measurable properties viz., pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (I), and amount or number of moles (n) of a gas.

Boyle’s law:

Relation between volume & pressure Robert Boyle performed a series of experiments to know how the volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature is changed with the pressure. The results of his experiments led him to put forward a law which is known as Boyle’s law.

Boyle’s law: At constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure.

Mathematical expression of Boyle’s law:

Suppose, at a constant temperature, the pressure and volume ofa definite mass of gas are P and V, respectively. According to Boyle’slaw,

⇒ \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [when mass and temperature are constant]

⇒ \(\text { or, } V=K \times \frac{1}{P} \quad \text { or, } P V=K\)

Pressure Of A Gas 

The equation is the mathematical expression of Boyle’s law. In this equation, If is a constant, whose value depends on the mass and temperature ofthe gas.

  • Therefore, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the product of pressure and volume of a given mass of gas is always constant.
  • Let us consider, that at a particular temperature, the pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas are P1 and Vl, respectively.
  • Keeping the temperature constant, if the volume of the gas is changed from V1 to V2 by changing the pressure from P1 to P2, then according to Boyle’s law, at the initial state, P1V1 = K, and at the final state, P2V2 = K.

Therefore, P1V1 = P2V2 or, P1/P2 = V2/V1

Explanation of Boyle’s law:

Suppose, the pressure and volume of a definite amount of gas at a particular temperature are P and V, respectively. Thus, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, if the pressure of the gas is doubled (2P), the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume ( V/2), and if the pressure is increased by a factor of four, then the volume will become one-fourth of its initial value ( V/4).

On the other hand, at a constant temperature, the pressure of the gas is halved (P/2), and the volume of the gas will become twice its initial volume (2V). Similarly, if the pressure is decreased to one-fourth of its initial pressure (P/4) the volume will become four times its initial volume (4 V).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids At constant temperature, volume

Graphical representations of Boyle’s law:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Of Boyle's law 1

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Of Boyle's law 2

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Of Boyle's law 3

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Of Boyle's law 4

Applicability of Boyle’s law:

At normal temperature and pressure, H2, N2, and light inert gases obey this law with some degree of approximation but gases such as NH3, CO2, etc. do not obey this law. Most gases follow Boyle’s law only at very high temperatures or at relatively low pressures.

States of Matter and Gases Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Molecular Interpretation of Boyish Law:

The pressure of a gas is the result of collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container.

  • At constant temperature if the volume of a given mass of gas is reduced, the number of molecules per unit volume of the gas increases.
  • This results in an enhanced frequency of collisions of molecules with the walls of the container.
  • As a result, the pressure of the gas increases. Alternatively, the frequency of collisions with the walls decreases with the increasing volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature, resulting in a decrease in the pressure of the gas.

Corollary of Boyle’s law—Relation between pressure and density:

Suppose, a gas with a mass of m has a pressure, volume, and density of P, V, and d, respectively, at a constant temperature. According to Boyle’s law, PV = K (constant); when the mass and temperature of the gas are constant.

⇒ \(\text { Density }(d)=\frac{\text { mass }}{\text { volume }}=\frac{m}{V} \text { or, } V=\frac{m}{d}\)

Therefore, \(P \times \frac{m}{d}=K \text { or, } \frac{P}{d}=\frac{K}{m}\)

Since m is fixed and K is constant at a given temperature
for a fixed mass of a gas, so \(\left(\frac{K}{m}\right)\) is also a constant. Thus, \(\frac{P}{d}\)= Constant or \(P \propto d\)

Hence, at a constant temperature, the density of a gas is directly proportional to its pressure i.e., the density ofa gas increases with increasing pressure and decreases with decreasing pressure.

If at a constant temperature, the densities of gas at pressures P1 and P2 are d1 and d2, respectively, then according to equation [1], we obtain

p1/p2=d1/d2

Numerical Examples

Question 1. A balloon contains 1.2L of air at a particular temperature and 90 cm Hg pressure. What will be the volume of air if the pressure is reduced to 70 cm Hg while keeping the temperature constant?
Answer:

Given, P1 = 90 cmHg, P2= 70 cmHg, V1= 1.2 L & V2 = ?

From the relation, P1V1 – P2V2, We have

⇒ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{P_2}=\frac{90 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg} \times 1.2 \mathrm{~L}}{70 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}=1.54 \mathrm{~L} .\)

Thus, the volume of air at 70 cm Hg is 1.54L

Question 2. The volume of a certain amount of gas containing an incompressible solid is 100 cc at 760 mm Hg and 80 cc at 1000 mm Hg. What is the volume of the solid?
Answer:

Suppose the volume of the solid Vcc

So, the volumes ofthe gas at 760 mm Hg and 1000mm Hg are (100- V)cc and (80- V)cc, respectively.

Using the relation, P1= P2V2, we have

760(100- V) = 1000(80- V) or, V = 16.7 cc

Therefore, the volume of the solid is 16.7 cc

Charles’ law: Relation between volume and temperature

In 1787, French scientist Jacques Charles suggested a law describing the effect of temperature on the volume of a given amount of a gas at a fixed pressure. This law is known as Charles’ law.

At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is increased or decreased by 1/273 part of its volume at 0°C for every 1-degree rise or fall in temperature. The fraction, 1/273 is the coefficient of volume expansion. The exact value of this fraction is 1/273.15 per °C, but it is generally taken as 1/273. The value of the coefficient of volume i.e., 1/273 per °C is the same for all gases.

Mathematical Explanation:

Let at constant pressure the volumes of a given mass of gas are V0, V1, Vt, and vt at 0°C, 1°C, t°C and -t°C respectively. According to Charles’ Law, increase in volume for a 1°C rise in temperature

⇒ \(\frac {V_0}{273}\) and increase in volume for a t°C temperature rise

⇒  \(t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\). Therefore the volume of the gas at 1°C,

⇒ \(V_1=V_0+\frac{V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{273}\right)\) and that at t°C \(V_t=V_0+\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Similarly, decrease in volume for t°C fall in temperature \(=t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\)

Hence, the volume ofthe gas at t°C

⇒ \(V_t^{\prime}=V_0-\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1-\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Celsius temperature vs volume of a given amount of gas at a fined pressure:

At a fixed pressure, the volume of a definite mass of a gas increases with the rise in temperature on the Celsius scale (t°C), but the variation of volume with Celsius temperature does not occur in direct proportion.

For example, at a fixed pressure if the temperature (on the Celsius scale) of a definite mass of a gas is doubled, its volume is not twice its initial volume.

Plotting the volume (V) of a definite mass of gas against Celsius temperatures (t°C) at different constant pressures gives a straight line for each constant pressure. Each of these lines does not pass through the origin, as indicated by the relation

⇒ \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graph Of V Vs t C For A Given Mass Of Gas At Fixed Pressure

This means that the volume of the gas is not directly proportional to the Celsius temperature. If the straight lines are extrapolated backwards, then all these lines meet the temperature axis at -273°C.

Therefore, at constant pressure and at a temperature of -273°C, the volume of a gas becomes zero. Below this temperature, the volume of the gas becomes negative, which is absurd. Thus -273°C is the lowest possible temperature and is called absolute zero.

Definition of absolute zero and absolute temperature:

Absolute zero:

The lowest possible temperature at which the volume of any gas is zero.

The temperature -273°C is called absolute zero because at -273°C the volume of any gas would become zero and any temperature below this would correspond to a negative volume of gas.

In practice, absolute zero temperature can never be reached; however, a temperature very close to absolute zero can be attained.

Reason for using the term absolute in absolute zero:

The absolute zero of temperature is independent of the nature, amount, pressure, or volume ofthe gas and it is not possible to get any temperature below absolute zero. Hence, the term ‘absolute’ is used in absolute zero.

The volume of a gas does not become zero at -273-C because the gas becomes liquid or solid before attaining this temperature.

So, at this temperature, Charles’ law is not applicable. Moreover, a gas is a substance of definite mass, and any mass will always occupy some volume. So, even if a substance exists in a gaseous state at – 273 °C, it must have a certain volume.

Absolute temperature:

The temperature scale which has been set up by taking -273°C as zero point and each degree is equal in magnitude to the one degree in Celsius scale is termed as the absolute scale of temperature. The values of temperature obtained from this absolute scale are called absolute temperatures.

Relation between volume & absolute temperature of a gas:

At constant pressure if the volumes of a certain amount of gas at 0°C and t°C are V0 and V, respectively, then,

⇒ \(V=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)=V_0\left(\frac{t+273}{273}\right)=\frac{V_0}{273} \times T\)

The quantity V0/273 for a definite mass of a gas is constant. So, V∝T. Thus at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

For a given mass of gas at constant pressure, if we measure the volumes (V) of the gas at different absolute temperatures (T) and then draw a graph by plotting V against T, a straight line passing through the origin is obtained. The nature of the line implies that the volume of a given mass of gas at constant pressure is related to absolute temperature in the form of an equation as V = constant x T.

This means that the volume of a definite amount of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature at constant pressure.

Alternative form of Charles’ law:

At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Mathematical form:

If at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas at absolute temperature T is V, then according to Charles’ law V∝T or v=kt

Where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and pressure of the gas.

Corollary-1:

If at constant pressure, a certain amount of gas occupies the volumes V1 and V2 at temperatures T1 and T2, respectively, then according to Charles’ law V1∝ T1 and V2 ∝ T2.

Therefore, V1/V2 =T1/T2

Corollary-2:

If T2 = T1/2 then according to equation V2 = V1/2 and if T2 = 27, then V2 = 2V1.

So, at constant pressure, if the absolute temperature ofa definite mass of gas is reduced by half, the volume of the gas will be halved, and if the absolute temperature is doubled, the volume will become double.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Change In volume For a give Mass Of a gas With Change In Absolute Temperature At A fixed Pressure

Graphical representation of Charles’ law:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Of Charless Law

Applicability of Charles’ law:

Only a few gases approximately follow Charles’ law at ordinary temperature and pressure. For foremost gases, this law is best followed at low pressures or at very high temperatures.

Molecular interpretation of Charles law:

The velocity of gas molecules depends upon temperature. If the temperature of a gas is increased, the average velocity as well as the average kinetic energy of gas molecules increases.

Consequently, molecules collide with the walls of the container more frequently with greater force. This would increase the pressure ofthe gas if the volume ofthe gas remains constant. If the pressure of the gas is kept constant during the increase of temperature, then the volume ofthe gas must increase.

Corollary of Charles law—relation between density and temperature:

Let at constant pressure and absolute temperature T, the volume and density of a definite amount (m) of gas are V and d, respectively.

Therefore, \(K T=\frac{m}{d} \text { or, } d=\left(\frac{m}{K}\right) \times \frac{1}{T}\)

Since m is constant and K is fixed for a given mass of gas at constant pressure \(\left(\frac{m}{K}\right)\) is also a constant. Therefore \(d \propto \frac{1}{T}\)

Thus, at constant pressure, the density of a definite amount of gas is inversely proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. If the absolute temperature of a gas is increased, its density decreases and vice-versa.

If at constant pressure, the densities of a definite amount of gas at absolute temperatures T1 and T2 are dx and d2 respectively, then,

⇒ \(d_1 \propto \frac{1}{T_1} \text { and } d_2 \propto \frac{1}{T_2}\)

Therefore,d1/d2 =t2/t1

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At constant pressure, the temperature of a definite amount of a gas is increased from 0°C to t°C. As a result, the volume of the gas is increased by a factor of three. Calculate the value of t.
Answer:

We know, V1/V2 = T1/T2

Given, T1 = 273 K, T2 = (273 + t)K and V2 = 3V1

Where V1 is the volume ofthe gas at 0°C

∴ \(\frac{V_1}{3 V_1}=\frac{273}{273+t} \text { or, } 273+t=819\)

∴ t= 546°C.

Question 2. A 16 sample of oxygen at 760 mm Hg pressure and 27°C is kept In a container of 12.30 L capacity. What will be the temperature of the gas If the entire gas is transferred to a container of 24.6 L capacity, keeping the pressure constant?
Answer:

In this process, the mass and pressure of the gas remain fixed.

Hence according to Charles’ law, V1/V2 = T1/T2

Given, Vx = 12.30 L, V2 = 24.60 L,

T1 = 273 + 27 = 300 K and T2 = ?

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=300 \times \frac{24.60}{12.30}=600 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, the temperature of the gas in the container of 24.6L will be =(600- 273)°C = 327°C.

Question 3. When ice and sample water, of hydrogen, occupies is an immerse exact volume of mixture 69.37 cc at 1 atm. At the same pressure, if the gas is immersed in boiling benzene, then its volume expands to 89.71 cc. What is the boiling point of benzene?
Answer:

As the pressure and amount of the H2 gas are fixed, according to Charles’ law, V1/V2 = T1/T2

Temperature of the mixture of ice and water = 0°C = 273 K.

Given, Vx = 69.37cc and V2 = 89.71cc.

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=273 \times \frac{89.71}{69.37}=353.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ The boiling point of benzene = (353.05- 273)°C = 80.05 °C

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Liquids and Gases Notes

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure: Relation between the pressure and temperature of a gas

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure:

At constant volume, the pressure of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

Mathematical form of Gay-Lussac’s law:

Let us assume, the pressure of a certain amount of gas at constant volume is P at absolute temperature T. According to Gay-Lussac’s law, P∝T is when the volume and mass of the gas are fixed.

Therefore, P = KT ……………………..(1)

Where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and volume of the gas.

Corollary:

At fixed volume, if die pressures of a certain amount of gas are P1 and P2 at absolute temperatures T1 and T2 respectively, then according to Gay-Lussac’s law.

P1 = KT1 and P2 = KT,  ……………………..(2)

Therefore, p1/p2 = T1/T2 From this equation [2], the value of any of the four quantities can be calculated If the other three quantities are known.

Graphical representation of Gay-Luseac’s law of pressure:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical Representations Of Gay Lussac's Law of Pressure.

Molecular Interpretation of Gay-Lusm’s Law:

With an increase in the temperature of a gas, the average velocity, as well as the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules, increases, thereby making the molecules strike the walls of the container more frequently with greater force.

As a result, the force applied on the walls per unit area by the gas molecules increases with an increase in temperature, leading to the pressure of the gas.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. An iron cylinder contains He gas at a pressure of 250 kPa at 300K. The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 1 x 106 Pa. The room in which the cylinder is placed catches fire. Predict whether the cylinder will blow up before it melts or not. [M.P. ofthe cylinder = 1800K]
Answer:

We know, P1/P2 = T1/T2.

Given, P1 = 250 kPa = 25 x 104 Pa,

T1 = 300 K,P2 = 106 pa and T2 = ?

⇒ \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{10^6}{25 \times 10^4} \times 300=1200 \mathrm{~K}\)

As the final temperature is less than the melting point of iron, the cylinder would explode, instead of melting.

Question 2. A cylinder of cooking gas can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm. At 27°C, the pressure gauge of the cylinder records a pressure of 12 atm. Due to a sudden fire in the building, the temperature starts rising. At what temperature, will the cylinder explode?
Answer:

We know, \(\frac{P_1}{P_2}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text {, }\)

The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm If the pressure ofthe cylinder at T2K is 14.9 atm then \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{14.9}{12} \times 300=372.5 \mathrm{~K}\)

Since P1 = 12 atm and T1 = (273 + 27) = 300 K]

As the cylinder can withstand pressure upto 14.9 atm, it will explode at a pressure above 14.9 atm. The pressure of the cylinder becomes greater than 14.9 atm when the temperature is greater than 372.5 K or 99.5°C. Hence the cylinder will explode at a temperature greater than 99.5°C.

Avogadro’s law: Relation between the volume and amount (number of moles) of a gas.

Avogadro’s law:

At a constant temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas is directly proportional to the number of moles ofthe gas.

Explanation:

At constant temperature and pressure, if the volume of n mole of a gas is V, then according to Avogadro’s law, V∝n or, V = Kx n where K= proportionality constant. The value of K depends on temperature and pressure.

At constant temperature and pressure, if the volumes of nl and n2 moles of a gas are V1 and V2, respectively, then according to Avogadro’s law, V1ocn1 and V2 oc n2.

Therefore \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

This equation tells us that at constant temperature and pressure, if the number of moles of a gas is halved, the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume, and, the volume of the gas becomes twice its initial value when the number of moles of the gas is doubled.

Suppose, two gases A and B with the number of moles n1 and n2, respectively, have volumes V1 and V2, at a given temperature and pressure. If:

n1 = n2, then according to equation (1), V1 V2 i.e., at the same temperature and pressure equal volumes of two gases contain the same number of molecules. This deduction is commonly known as Avogadro’s hypothesis.

Graphical representation of Avogadro’s law:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Graphical representation of Avogadros law

Molecular interpretation of Avogadro’s law:

At constant temperature, increasing the number of moles of the gas does not alter the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. But the frequency of collisions ofthe molecules with the walls of the container increases as the number of molecules of the gas increases. This would increase the pressure of the gas if the volume of the gas is held constant. If the pressure of the gas remains constant, then the volume of the gas must increase.

A combination of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law

Suppose, the pressure, temperature, and volume of a given mass of gas are P, T, and V respectively.

According to Boyle’s law \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [at constant temperature and for a given mass of gas] According to

Charles’ law, Foe T [at constant pressure and for a given mass of gas] Combining these two relations gives a relation that shows the variation of the volume of a given mass of gas with pressure
and temperature. Doing the combination, we have

⇒ \(V \propto \frac{T}{P}\) ………………………..(1)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \boldsymbol{V}=\boldsymbol{K} \times \frac{\boldsymbol{T}}{\boldsymbol{P}} \quad \text { or, } \frac{\boldsymbol{P V}}{\boldsymbol{T}}=\boldsymbol{K} \text { or, } \boldsymbol{P V}=\boldsymbol{K} \boldsymbol{T}\)

Where K is a proportionality constant whose value depends on the amount of the gas. Equation [1] i.e. PV = KT is the combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law.

This equation explains that the product of pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature. If P1 V1, and T1 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, of a definite mass of gas at a certain state and P2, V2 and T2 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, for the same gas at another state, then from equation [1], we get

⇒ \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=K \text { and } \frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}=K\)

therefore \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Using this ‘equation, we can calculate any one of the quantities if the values ofthe remaining are known ∴

Standard temperature and pressure (STP):

Since the properties of I gases change with a change in pressure and temperature, we must use a common reference state to compare the properties of different gases. For this reason, scientists have set a standard temperature and pressure for comparing the properties of gases.

The standard pressure is taken as 1 atm (or 76 cm Hg or 760 mm Hg) and the standard temperature is taken as 0°C. The conditions 0°C and 1 atm are called Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Standard temperature and pressure

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume of 10 g of He gas is 61.6L. How much of He gas has to be taken out at the same temperature and pressure to reduce its volume to 25L?
Answer:

10 g He \(=\frac{10}{4}=2.5 \mathrm{~mol}\) Atomic mass of He = 4 molar mass of He (monatomic gas) = 4 g.mol-1]

We know at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given, V1 = 61.6 L, V2 = 25 L, n1 = 2.5 and n2=?

∴ \(n_2=n_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.5 \times \frac{25}{61.6}=1.015 \mathrm{~mol}\)

1.015 mol He = 4 × 1.015 = 4.06 g He

∴ The volume of the gas will be 25L if (10 – 4.06) = 5.94g of He gas is taken out

Gases and Liquids in States of Matter Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Question 2. At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of 12 g of H2 gas is 134.5 L. What will be the final volume of the gas if 4 g of H2 gas is added to it at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer:

12g H2 \(=\frac{12}{2}=6\) of H2.

Similarly, 4 g H2 = 2 mol of H2.

We know, at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given that, n1 = 6, n2 = 6 + 2 = 8, V1 = 134.5 L and V2 = ?

∴ \(V_2=\frac{n_2}{n_1} \times V_1=\frac{8}{6} \times 134.5=179.3 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at the same temperature and pressure, if 4 g of H2 gas is added to 12 g of H2 gas, then the final volume of the gas will be 179.3 L.

Equation Of State For An Ideal Gas

Four variables, viz. pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (X) and number of moles (n) are generally found to be sufficient to describe the state ofa gas. The relation connecting P, V, and Tandn of a gas is called the equation of state of the gas.

The gas laws, i.e., Boyle’s law, Charles’ law and Avogadro’s law can be combined into an equation that describes the behaviour of an ideal gas. This relation is called the equation of state of an ideal gas.

Derivation of the equation of state of an ideal gas:

According to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{P}\); [ T & n are constant]

According to Charles’ law, V∝T,[P &t n are constant]

According to Avogadro’s law, V∝ n [P & T are constant]

Combining these three relations, we have \(V \propto \frac{T \times n}{P}\) when P, T and n ofthe gas vary therefore \(V=K \times \frac{n T}{p}\)

K is the proportionality constant. It has been experimentally found that the value of K for 1 mol of any gas is the same.

For 1 mol of a gas, K is denoted by R, which is called the molar gas constant. As the value of R is the same for all gases, ‘JR’ is also called the universal gas constant.

Substituting R for equation [1], we obtain

⇒ \(V=R \times \frac{n T}{P}\) or, PV=nRT

Equation [2] expresses the equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas. In this equation, if the values of the three variables are known, the value ofthe fourth variable can be calculated by this equation.

For 1 mol of an ideal gas i.e., when n = 1, PV = RT— this expresses the equation of state for 1 mol of an ideal gas.

In equation PV = RT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of 1 mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

In equation PV = nRT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of n mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

The equation PV = NRT does not have any quantity related to the nature of the gas. Thus, this equation applies to an ideal gas.

Ideal gas:

A gas which obeys the equation of state, PV = nRT under all conditions is called an ideal gas. But in reality, there is no such gas which perfectly obeys the ideal gas equation under all conditions.

Therefore, the concept of ideal gas is a hypothetical one. However, it has been found experimentally that gases are nearly deadly at very low pressures and high temperatures.

Real gas:

Gases which do not obey the equation of state, PV = nRT in any condition except at very high temperatures and very low pressures are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases.

Significance of R and values of R in different units

Significance of molar gas constant (R):

For n mol of an ideal gas Pv=nRT or \(\frac{P V}{n T}\). The physical significance of R can be explained from its dimension.

Dimension of R. = \(\frac{\text { pressure } \times \text { volume }}{\text { number of moles } \times \text { temperature }}\)

We know, dimension of pressure = \(\frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2}\)

On the other hand, the dimension ofvolume= (length)³ Temperature is expressed Kelvin scale. Dimension of R =

⇒ \(\frac{\frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2} \times \text { length }^3}{\text { mole } \times K}=\frac{\text { work (or energy) }}{\text { mole } \times \mathrm{K}}\)

Hence, R= work (or energy) per kelvin per mole of gas Therefore, the value of R gives the measure of the work performed by 1 mol of an ideal gas when the temperature of the gas is raised by IK against a fixed pressure. This is the physical significance of R.

Values of R in different units:

We know \(R=\frac{P V}{n T}\) Therefore, the values and units of R depend upon the values and units of P, V, n and T. Temperature is always expressed in kelvin scale and n is expressed in the unit of mole.

Values of R in different units:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Values of R in different units

Determination of the values of R In different units:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Determination of the values of R In different units

Boltzmann constant:

Dividing the molar gas constant (R) by Avogadro’s number (A) gives a new constant, termed the Boltzmann constant (k). It indicates the universal gas constant for a single molecule.

Therefore, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{R}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

In CCSA System \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

=1.38 × 10-16 erg. K-1

In SI, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

= 1.38 × 10-23J . K-1

Application to the Ideal gas equation

Determination of density and molar mass of an ideal gas:

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT, where V is the volume of nmol of the ideal gas at pressure P and temperature T. If m and M are the mass (in gram) and molar mass (in g.mol-1 ) of the gas, respectively, then the number of moles ofthe gas (n) is given by

⇒  \(\frac{m}{M}\)

Substituting \(\frac{m}{M}\) for n in the equation PV = nRT

We have \(P M=\left(\frac{m}{V}\right) R T\)

So, PM = dRT or, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) ………………………….(1)

Equation [1] is the relationship among the density, pressure, absolute temperature and molar mass of an ideal gas. This equation can be used to calculate the molar mass (A) of an ideal gas if the density ofthe gas (d) at a given and T is known or the density of an ideal gas at a given P and T, if the molar mass ofthe gas is known.

Important points related to the equation, d = PM/RT:

1. The relation between the density and molar mass of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure:

According to the equation, d = PM/RT, the density of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure is directly proportional to its molar mass i.e., d∝M.

Therefore, at a given temperature and pressure a heavier gas has higher density than a lighter gas. The average molar mass of air is greater than the molar mass of He gas. So at a particular temperature and pressure, the density of He gas is less than that of air. This is why, a balloon filled with gas floats in the air.

2. The relationship of density with pressure and absolute temperature of a gas:

According to the equation,

⇒ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

The density of ideal gas is directly proportional to RT to its pressure and inversely proportional to its absolute temperature. Therefore, at a given temperature the density of a gas increases (or decreases) as the pressure of the gas increases (or decreases).

On the other hand, at a given pressure the increase in temperature of a gas results in the lowering of its density and the decrease in temperature increases its density. The density of hot air is less than that of cold air. This is why the balloon filled with hot air easily moves upward in the air.

3. The relation among pressure, temperature and density ofa gas at two different pressures and temperatures:

Let dx be the density of a gas at pressure Px and temperature T1 and d2 be the density of the same gas at pressure P2 and temperature T2. Therefore, according to the equation,

⇒ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

The densities of the gas at two conditions are d1 =

⇒ \(d_1=\frac{P_1 M}{R T_1} \text { and } d_2=\frac{P_2 M}{R T_2}\)

Thus, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\) ………………………….(2)

4. This equation expresses the relation between the densities of a gas at two different pressures and temperatures.

If the density of a gas at a particular temperature and pressure, is known, then the density of the gas at another temperature and pressure can be determined from equation [2].

Validity of ideal gas equation

The ideal gas equation is not exactly followed by any gas. However, it has been found that most gases approximately follow this equation when pressure is not too high or temperature is not too low.

Despite its limitations, the ideal gas equation is often used to determine the approximate values of the various properties of real gases under ordinary conditions. But for the estimation of the exact values of the properties, this equation can never be used.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Find the volume of 2.2g CO2 gas at 25°C & 570 mm Hg pressure. Consider that CO2 behaves ideally.
Answer:

Given, \(P=\frac{570}{760}\) 0.75 atm; T= (273 + 25) = 298 K.

⇒ \(n=\frac{2.2}{44}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Molar mass of CO2 = 44g mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{(0.05 \mathrm{~mol}) \times\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 298 \mathrm{~K}}{0.75 \mathrm{~atm}}\)

=  \(1.63 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at 25°C and 570 mm Hg pressure, the volume of 2.2 g of CO2 gas is 1.63 L.

Question 2. A sample of Ar vapour contains 3 x 104 atoms of a vacuum tube with a volume of 5 mL at -100°C. Calculate the pressure of the vapour in the microtorr unit.
Answer:

Given, V = 5 mL = 5 x 10-3 L; T = 273- 100 = 173 K

⇒ \(\text { and } n=\frac{\text { number of molecules }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }}\)

= \(\frac{3 \times 10^4}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Argon is monoatomic.

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

⇒ \(\frac{4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 173 \mathrm{~K}}{5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~L}}\)

= 1.414 × 10-16 atm

As, 1 atm = 760 torr,

P = ( 1.414 × 10-16 × 760) = 1.074 × 10-13 torr

= 1.074 × 10-7 microtorr

Since 1 torr = 106 microtorr

Therefore the pressure of argon vapour = 1.074 × 10-7 micro torr

Question 3. At 273K and 76 pressure, the volume of 0.64 g of gas is 224 mL. At what temperature 1g of this gas will occupy a volume of 1 litre at atmospheric pressure?
Answer:

Given, P = 76 cm Hg = 1 atm, T = 273 K, V = 224 mL = 0.224 L

Number of moles (n) = \(\frac{0.64}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

[molar mass of the gas =M .g .mol-1 ]

Putting the values of P, V, n and T into the equation PV = nRT gives

1 atm x 0.224L \(=\frac{0.64}{M} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 273 \mathrm{~K}\)

Substituting 8 P = 1 atm, V – 1 L,

n = \(\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol}\) into equation PV – nRT, we obtain

⇒ \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}\)

= \(\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm} \times 1 \mathrm{~L}}{\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}\)

= \(780.02 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, at (780.02-273) = 507.02°C and 1 atm pressure the volume of lg of gas will be 1 L.

Question 4. At 25°C and a certain pressure, 3.7g of a gas occupies the same volume as the volume occupied by 0.184g of H2 gas at 17°C and the same pressure. Calculate the molar mass of the gas.
Answer:

For H2 gas: T=(273 + 17) = 290K and \(n=\frac{0.184}{2}=0.092 \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ PV= nRT=0.092 mol × 0.0821 L-atm-moH-K-1 × 290K

=2.19 L atm

In case ofthe unknown gas: T = (273 + 25)K = 298 K;

⇒  \(n=\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ PV =nRT = \(=\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 298 \mathrm{~K}\)

= \(\left(\frac{90.52}{M}\right) \mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{atm}\)

Since the values of P and V are the same for both gases, the values of PV will also be the same for both gases

∴ \(\frac{90.52}{M}=2.19 \text { or, } M=41.33\)

Therefore, the molar mass of the other gas =41.33 g-mol-1

Question 5. A He balloon is such that it can rise to a maximum height of 50 km above the Earth’s surface. When the balloon rises to this height, its expansion reaches a maximum with a volume of 105 L. If the temperature and pressure of the air at this height are 10 °C and 1.8 mm Hg, respectively, then what mass of He gas will be required for the maximum expansion of the balloon?
Answer:

Given, P = 1.8 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.8}{760}=2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm} \text {; }\)

T = (273- 10)K = 263 K ; V = 105L and n = ?

∴ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm}\right) \times\left(10^5 \mathrm{~L}\right)}{\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 263 \mathrm{~K}}\)

∴ 10.96 mol He = 10.96 × 4 = 43.84 g of He

since 1 mol of = 4 g He] 43.84 g of He will be required for the full expansion of the balloon.

Question 6. At 300K, an evacuated cylinder with a volume of 10L is filled with 2g of H2 and 2g of D2. Find the pressure of the gas mixture in the cylinder. Will the pressure be the same if the container is cubical having the same volume?
Answer:

2g H2 \(=\frac{2}{2}\) H2 and 2g D2= \(=\frac{2}{4}\) 0.5 mol D2

Since molar masses Of H2 And D2 Are 2 and 4 g. mol-1 respectively]

No. of moles of H2 & D2 gas in the cylinder,

n = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5 mol

Given, T = 300 K and V = 10 L

Therefore, \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{1.5 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{10}=3.69 \mathrm{~atm} .\)

Thus, the pressure ofthe mixture of H2 and D2 gas in the cylinder will be 3.69 atm.

For a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, the pressure of the gas depends on the volume ofthe container but not on the shape ofthe container. Thus, the pressure will be the same if the container is cubical with the same capacity.

Question 7. When an open vessel at 27°C was heated, three-fifths of the air escaped from It. If the volume of (the lie vessel remained unchanged, calculate the temperature arc at which the vessel was healed.
Answer:

The amount of air present in the vessel at 27G was nmol, and when it was heated to 7’K \(\frac{3}{5}\) the air was expelled.

So, the amount of air in the vessel after heating

= \(\left(n-\frac{3 n}{5}\right)=\frac{2}{5} n \mathrm{~mol}\)

As the vessel was open and its volume remained unchanged on heating, the pressure (P) and the volume ( V) of the air presenting the vessel would be the same as those at 27°C.

At temperature 300 K: PV = nR × 300

At temperature 7K : \(P V=\frac{2}{5} n R T\)

Thus, no X 300 \(=\frac{2}{5} n R T\) or, T = 750 K

∴ The vessel was heated at (750- 273)°C = 477°C

Question 8. A spherical balloon with a diameter of 21 cm is to be filled with hydrogen gas at STP from a cylinder of H2 gas at 20 atm pressure and 27°C. If the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, how many balloons can be filled with the hydrogen gas from the cylinder?
Answer:

Volume ofeach balloon \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times\left(\frac{21}{2}\right)^3=4851 \mathrm{~cm}^3=4.851 \mathrm{~L}\)

Since the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, the volume of the cylinder is 2.82 L and hence the volume of H2 gas at 20 atm and 27°C is 2.82 L.

Let, volume of H2 gasin the cylinder at STP = V2 L.

We know, \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Given, P1 = 20 atm; P2 (STP) = 1 atm;

V1 = 2.82 L; T1 = (273 + 27)K = 300 K ;

T2 (STP) = 273 K and V2 = ?

∴ \(V_2=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \times \frac{P_1}{P_2} \times V_1\)

= \(\frac{273 \mathrm{~K}}{300 \mathrm{~K}} \times \frac{20 \mathrm{~atm}}{1 \mathrm{~atm}} \times 2.82 \mathrm{~L}\)

= \( 51.324 \mathrm{~L}\)

After the balloons are filled with H2 gas, the cylinder will contain H2 gas with a volume equal to its volume, l.e., 2.8.2 Hence, the volume of H2 gas available for filling up the balloons will be = (51.324- 2.82)L =48.504 L Thus, no. of balloons that can be filled up.

⇒ \(\frac{48.504}{4.851}=10\)

Question 9. When 2 g of a gas ‘Af is introduced into an empty flask at 30°C, its pressure becomes 1 atm. If 3g of another gas ‘N’ is introduced in the same flask at the same temperature, the total pressure becomes 1.5 atm. Find the ratio of the molar masses of the two gases
Answer:

Let the molecular masses of gases, M and N be a and b gaol-1 respectively and the volume ofthe flask = VL

In the case of gas Af:

P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 30)K = 303 K number of moles (n) \(=\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Therefore, according to the equation

PV = NRT \(1 \mathrm{~atm} \times V \mathrm{~L}\)

= \(\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 303 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(V=\frac{49.75}{a} \mathrm{~L}\)

The number of moles of N gas \(=\frac{3}{b} \mathrm{~mol}\)

In case of the mixture of gases M and N: Total number of moles in the mixture of gases M and N \(\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right)\) mol.

The total pressure of the mixture = 1.5 atm

By applying the equation, PV = not in the case of the mixture of gases, we obtain

⇒ \(1.5 \times \frac{49.75}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 303\)

or, \(\frac{74.62}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 24.87=\frac{49.75}{a}+\frac{74.62}{b}\)

or, \(\frac{24.87}{a}=\frac{74.62}{b}\)

∴ \(\frac{a}{b}=\frac{1}{3}\)

States of Matter: Liquids and Gases Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Question 10. What is nitric oxide’s density (in g-cm-3) (assuming ideal behaviour) at 27 °C and 1 atm pressure?
Answer:

Given, P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

Molar mass (M) of NO2 = 30 g-mol-1

∴ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1^{\prime} \mathrm{atm} \times 30 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

=1.218 g.L-1

= 1.218 × 10-3g.cm-3

Question 11. The density of CO2 at STP is 1.96 g-L1. A sample of CO2 occupies a volume of 480mL at 17°C and 800mm Hg pressure. What is the mass of the sample?
Answer:

We know, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)

STP: d1 = 1.96 g-L-1, P1 =1 atm, =273 K

At 17°C and 800 mm Pressure:

⇒ \(P_2=\frac{800}{760}=1.053 \mathrm{~atm} ; T_2=(273+17) \mathrm{K}=290 \mathrm{~K}, d_2=?\)

∴ \(d_2=d_1 \times \frac{P_2}{P_1} \times \frac{T_1}{T_2}=1.96 \times \frac{1.053}{1} \times \frac{273}{290}=1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

if the mass of 480 mL of CO2 gas be w g, then \(d_2=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ \(1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ w= 09312g

Therefore, the mass of CO2 gas is = 0.9312 g

Partial Pressure Of A Gas Dalton’s Law

Partial pressure

Let us consider that two non-reacting gases, A and B are kept in a closed vessel (i.e., of fixed volume) at a particular temperature. At this temperature, the mixture of gases (A and B) exerts a definite pressure on the vessel.

If gas B is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by gas A alone is known as the partial pressure of A.

Similarly, if gas A is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by B alone is known as the partial pressure of B.

Partial pressure Definition:

At a given temperature the pressure contributed by a component gas in a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases to the total pressure of the mixture is called the partial pressure of that component.

In 1807, John Dalton proposed a law regarding the partial pressures of two or more non-reacting gases, which is known as Dalton’s law of partial pressures.

Dalton’s law of partial pressures:

At constant temperature, the total pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases present in a container of definite volume is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of component gases in the mixture.

If P is the total pressure of a gas mixture enclosed in a container of definite volume at constant temperature and p1 p2, p3 etc., are the partial pressures of the component gases at the same temperature, then according to Dalton’s law of partial pressures, p=p1+p2+p3………………….

This law does not work if the component gases react with each other. For example, in the case of a mixture of NH3 and HC1 gases, this law is not applicable because these two gases react to form NH2Cl.

Explanation:

Suppose, two non-reacting gases A and B separately enclosed in two closed containers, each with a volume of V. Let us assume that the temperature of both gases is the same and the pressures of A and B gases are pA and pB, respectively.

If two gases, instead of enclosing separately, are mixed in another closed container with a volume of V, keeping the temperature constant, then the total pressure of the gas mixture will be (pA+pB).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Relation Between Total Pressure Of A Gas Mixture

Mathematical form of Dalton’s law of partial pressure

Suppose, a mixture of reacting gases 1, 2, 3.. with the number of moles n1 n2 n3—, n- is enclosed in a closed container with a volume of V at a constant temperature T.

Also suppose, the partial pressure ofthe components 1, 2, 3,… i in the mixture are p1 p2,p3—, , respectively.

If the component gases and the gas mixture obey the ideal gas law, then the total pressure ofthe gas mixture is.

⇒ \(P=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V}\) …………………….(1)

Applying the ideal gas equation separately to each component gas ofthe mixture, we have,

⇒ \(p_1=\frac{n_1 R T}{V}, p_2=\frac{n_2 R T}{V}, p_3=\frac{n_3 R T}{V} \text { etc. }\)

So the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\left(p_1+p_2+p_3+\cdots+p_i\right)=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V}\) …………………….(2)

Comparing equations (1) and (2) we obtain p = p1+p2+p3+….+ pi

This is the mathematical expression of Dalton’s law of partial pressures.

The relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction

The mole fraction of a component in a gaseous mixture is the ratio of the number of moles of that component to the total number of moles of all components in the mixture. It is a unitless quantity with a value always less than one (1).

If a mixture of the number of moles of a component and the total number of moles of all the components be n. and n, respectively, then the mole fraction ofthe component,\(x_i=\frac{n_i}{n}\) The sum of the mole fractions of all the components in a mixture is always 1.

Relation between partial pressure and mole fraction:

Suppose, at constant temperature T, there is a mixture of some non-reacting gases in a container with a fixed volume of V and the pressure ofthe gas mixture is P.

If the number of moles of different component gases present in the mixture is n1, n2,n3 …respectively, then the total number of moles of all components in the mixture, n = n1 + n2 + n3 + If, the partial pressures of the component gases of the mixture are p1 p2, P3………………etc., then according to Dalton’slaw of partial pressures, die total pressure of the gas mixture,

P = p1 + p2 + p3+……………………(1)

Applying the ideal gas equation to the gas mixture gives PV = nRT

If this equation is applied to each component in the mixture, then

P1V = n1RT…………………………..(2)

P2V = n2RT…………………………..(3)

P3V = n3RT…………………………..(4)

Dividing equation (2) by equation (1) gives \(\frac{p_1}{P}=\frac{n_1}{n}=x_1\)

or, p1 = x1XP [xa = mole fraction ofthe component 1] Dividing equation [3] by equation [1] gives,

⇒ \(\frac{p_2}{P}=\frac{n_2}{n}=x_2 \text { or, } p_2=x_2 \times P\)

Similarly, for the ith component, if the partial pressure and mole fraction are pt and x; respectively, then

Pi=xi × P…………………………..(5)

Where P is the total pressure of the gas mixture. Equation [5] represents the relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction of a component gas in a gas mixture at a constant temperature. So, the partial pressure of a component in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of the component x total pressure of the mixture.

Determination of partial pressure

Suppose, at a given temperature T, a bulb with a fixed volume of VA contains nA moles of an ideal gas with a pressure PA, and another bulb with a fixed volume of VB contains nB moles of another ideal gas with a pressure PB. These two flasks are connected by a stop-cock of negligible volume. Initially, the stop-cock is closed, so all molecules of gas A are in one bulb and that of gas B are in another bulb.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Pressures and volumes of two gases A and B

On opening the stop-cock, the two gases will mix, and the total volume ofthe gas mixture becomes (VA + VB). Let the partial pressures of A and B in the gas mixture be pA and pB, respectively, and the total pressure ofthe mix.

Before opening stop-cock: In case of gas A:

PAVA = nART

In case of gas B: PBVB = nBRT

After opening stop-cock:

In case of gas A: PA(VA VB) = nARP

In case of gas B: PB(VA+ VB) = nBRPT

Note that PA PA because the volumes of gas A before and after the opening of stop-cock are VA and VA + VB respectively. For the same reason, PB≠ PB

In case of gas A: PAVA = PA(VA+ VB). Thus,

⇒ \(p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}\) ………………………..(1)

In case ofgas B: PBVB = PB(VA+ VB) and

⇒ \(p_B=\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\) ………………………..(2)

Equations (1) and (2) express the partial pressures of gas A and B, respectively, in the gas mixture. According to Dalton’s law of partial pressures, the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\boldsymbol{P}=p_A+p_B=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}+\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B} \text { or, } \quad \boldsymbol{P}=\frac{\boldsymbol{P}_A V_A+P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

If the volume of two bulbs is the same, i.e., VA = 1/B, then the total pressure of the gas mixture,

⇒ \(P=\frac{\left(P_A+P_B\right) V_A}{2 V_A}=\frac{1}{2}\left(P_A+P_B\right)\)

Application of Dalton’s law of partial pressures (Determination of actual pressure of a gas collected by the downward displacement of water):

During the laboratory preparation, gases lighter than air and insoluble in water are usually collected in gas jars by downward displacement of water.

So, the gas becomes saturated with water vapour. Thus, the observed pressure (P) of the collected gas is the pressure ofthe moist gas.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Collection Of Gas By Downward Displacement Of Water

The pressure of the moist gas (P) = pressure of the dry gas (Pg) + saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature. Therefore pg=P-PW

The saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature is known from Regnault’s table. So from equation (1), the pressure of the dry gas can easily be calculated.

The vapour pressure of water, present in the gas collected in a gas jar is called aqueous tension.

Validity of Oalton’s law of partial pressure:

Under ordinary conditions, real gases do not obey Dalton’s law of partial pressure. But they approximately obey Dalton’s law at very low pressures and high temperatures as intermolecular attractive forces become negligible at this condition.

Molecular Interpretation of Dalton’s law of partial pressures:

In an ideal gas, molecules do not feel any forces of attraction or repulsion. So in a mixture of non-reacting ideal gases, molecules behave Independently of one another and the pressure exerted by a component gas is not influenced by the presence of other gases.

So, at constant temperature and volume, the pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting ideal gases is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of the component gases.

The partial volume of a gas in a mixture of non-reading gases—Amagato law:

According to this law, at constant temperature and pressure, the total volume of a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases is equal to the sum of partial volumes of component gases in the mixture.

If V is the total volume of a gas mixture at constant temperature and pressure, and v1, v2, v3…..etc., are the partial volumes ofthe component gases ofthe mixture at the same temperature and pressure, then according to Amagat’s law of partial volumes V = v1 + v2 + v3 +…

At constant temperature and pressure, if v-t and xt are the partial volume and mole fraction of the f-th component respectively and V is the total volume of the gas mixture, then it can be shown that vi= xi × v

Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

Numerical Example

Question 1. At 27°C, a cylinder of volume 10 L contains a gas mixture consisting of 0.4 g He, 1.6 g O2 & 1.4 g H2. Determine the total pressure of the mixture and the partial pressure of He in the mixture.
Answer:

Total number of moles of He, O2 and N2 gas in the mixture \((n)=\frac{0.4}{4}+\frac{1.6}{32}+\frac{1.4}{28}\) 0.1 + 0.05 + 0.05 = 0.2 mol.

[Molar masses of He, O2 and N2 are 4, 32 and 28gmol-1 respectively)

Given, V = 10 L, T = (273 + 27)K= 300 K

We know, PV= nRTor, P \(=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

∴ \(\mathrm{p}_{=}=\frac{0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{10 \mathrm{~L}}=0.4926 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ Total pressure ofthe gas mixture = 0.4926 atm

Number of moles of He gas =0.1 and its mole fraction \(=\frac{0.1}{0.2}=0.5\)

∴ The partial pressure of He gas in mixture = mole-fraction of He in the mixture × total pressure of the mixture = 0.5 × 0.4926

= 0.2463 atm

Question 2. The volume percentages of N2, O2 and He in a gas mixture arc were 25, 35 and 40, respectively. At a given temperature, the pressure of the mixture is 760 mm Hg. Calculate the partial pressure of each gas at the same temperature.
Answer:

According to Amagat’s law, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

Therefore, in the given mixture, \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{25}{100}=0.25\)

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{35}{100}=0.35 \text { and } x_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{40}{100}=0.40\)

∴ In the mixture,

Partial pressure of N2 = xN2  ×P =0.25 × 760 =190 mm Hg

Partial pressure of O2 =xO2 × P= 0.35 × 760 = 266 mm Hg and

Partial pressure of He = xHe × P= 0.40 × 760 = 304 mm Hg

Question 3. A mixture of N2 and O2 at 1 bar pressure contains 80% N2 by weight. Calculate the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture.
Answer:

As 80 g N2 is present in 100 g of mixture, the amount of O2 in the mixture is 20 g.

Therefore, the number of moles of N2 in the mixture

⇒ \(\left(n_{N_2}\right) \frac{80}{28}=2.857 \mathrm{~mol}\)

And the number of moles of O2 in the mixture

⇒  \(\left(\mathrm{n}_{\mathrm{O}_2}\right)=\frac{20}{32}=0.625 \mathrm{~mol} .\)

∴ Total moles of the mixture (total)= nN2 + NO2 = 2.857 + 0.625

= 3.482mol

∴ Mole fraction of N2 gas (xN2)

⇒ \(\frac{n_1}{n}=\frac{2.857}{3.482}=0.82\)

And that of O2 gas (xO2) \(=\frac{n_2}{n}=\frac{0.625}{3.482}=0.18\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of N2 gas =rN2

Total pressure of the mixture, = 0.82 ×1 bar

= 0.82 bar and that of O2 gas = xO2 ×  total pressure of the mixture

= 0.18× 1 bar

= 0.18 bar.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Liquids and Gases

Question 4. At a given temperature, the pressure in an oxygen cylinder is 10.3 atm. At the same temperature, the pressure in another oxygen cylinder of volume 1/3 rd of the first cylinder is 1.1 atm. Keeping temperature constant, if the two cylinders are connected, then what will be the pressure of O2 gas in the system?
Answer:

Suppose the volume of the first cylinder = VL.

So, the volume of another cylinder \(\frac{V}{3} L.\)

In the case of the first cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas

be n1, then according to the equation PV = nRT

10.3 atm × VL = n1 × 0.0821 L.atm. moH-1. K-1 ×  TK

∴ \(n_1=\frac{125.45 \times V}{T} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

In the case of the second cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas is n2, then according to the equation PV = nRT

⇒ \(1.1 \mathrm{~atm} \times \frac{V}{3} \mathrm{~L}=n_2 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times T \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(n_2=\frac{4.46}{T} \times V \mathrm{~mol}\)

If two cylinders are connected, then die total volume of the system

⇒ \(=\left(V+\frac{V}{3}\right) \mathrm{L}=\frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}\)

And the total number of moles of O2 gas = n1 + n2

Applying equation PV = nRT, we obtain

⇒ \(P \times \frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}=\left(n_1+n_2\right) \mathrm{RT}=\left(\frac{125.45 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}+\frac{4.46 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}\right) \times 0.0821 \times \mathrm{T}\)

or, P= \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{(125.45+4.46)}{T} \times 0.0821 \times T\)

= \(\frac{3}{4} \times 129.91 \times 0.0821\mathrm{~atm}=7.99 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ The pressure of the O2 gas in the system will be 7.99 atm.

Question 5. Thermal decomposition of x g of KClO3 produces 760 mL O2, which is collected over water at 27°C and 714 mm Hg pressure. Find the value of x. [Given that at 27°C, aqueous tension = 26 mm Hg and atomic weights of K = 39, Cl = 35.5, 0=16
Answer:

Actual pressure of O2 collected over water = atmospheric pressure- aqueous tension

⇒ \(=(714-26)=688 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{688}{760}=0.9052 \mathrm{~atm}\)

According to the given conditions volume of O2 = 760 mL = 0.76 L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K If the number of moles of O2 gas is n then,

⇒ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}\)

= \(\frac{0.9052 \mathrm{~atm} \times 0.76 \mathrm{~L}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

= \(0.028 \mathrm{~mol}.\)

The equation for the thermal decomposition of KClO3 is

⇒  \(2 \mathrm{KClO}_3(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}(s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g)\)

Therefore, 3 mol O2(g) = 2 mol KClO3 = 2 × 12250 g

=245g KCIO3

∴ \(0.028 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \equiv \frac{245}{3} \times 0.028 \mathrm{~g}=2.286 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{KClO}_3\)

∴ x = 2.286 g

Diffusion And Effusion Of A Gas

Diffusion of a gas:

Due to rapid and random molecular motions and large average intermolecular distance, when two or more non-reacting gases come in contact with each other, they spontaneously mix to form a homogeneous mixture.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Before The Opening of stop cock after the opening of stop cock

For instance, when a bottle of perfume is opened at one corner of a room, a person at the other end of the room smells the pleasant odour of the perfume after some time.

Similarly, when a bottle containing a concentrated solution of ammonia is opened at one end of a laboratory desk, a person at the other end of the desk smells the odour of ammonia. This is because the molecules of the perfume or ammonia Intermix with air rapidly and spread. Such a phenomenon of spontaneous Inlet mixing of gases In called diffusion.

Diffusion of a gas Definition:

The process by which two or more non-reacting gases without any external help Intermix with one another spontaneously, Irrespective of their densities or molar masses to form a homogeneous gas mixture Is termed as diffusion.

Efusion of a gas:

Like diffusion, a process involving the flow of gas molecules IN effusion. If a container holding some gas is kepi In a vacuum and a tiny hole (or pinhole) is made in the container, the enclosed gas flows through the tiny hole Into the vacuum.

This process is called effusion, Effusion Is also found to occur when the pressure of a gas enclosed In a porous container (like a rubber balloon) is higher than that of the outside pressure. Due to higher pressure Inside the container, gas flows out through the pores of the container.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Effusion Of A Gas

Efusion of a gas Definition:

The process by which a gas escapes its container through a tiny hole (or pinhole) into a vacuum or a region of lower pressure Is called an effusion.

Graham’s law of diffusion or effusion Law of diffusion:

At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of the density of the gas.

This law applies to an effusion process also. For an effusion process, according to Graham’s law, the rate of effusion of a gas at constant temperature and pressure is inversely proportional to the square root of its density.

Mathematical form:

If at a particular temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas =r and the density of that gas = d, then according to Graham’s law

⇒ \(r \in \frac{1}{\sqrt{d}} \text { or, } r=\frac{K}{\sqrt{d}}\) [k= proportionality constant]………………. (1)

Equation (1) is the mathematical form of Graham’s law. If under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of two gases A and B be r A and B respectively, then according to Graham’s law,

⇒ \(r_A \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_A}} \text { and } r_B \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_B}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}}\) ……………… (2)

dA and dB are the densities of A and B respectively. Relation between the rate of diffusion (or effusion) and the vapour density of a gas:

At a particular temperature, the density (d) of a gas is proportional to its vapour density (D); i.e., d oc D Therefore, equation (2) can be expressed as

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}}\) ……………… (3)

DA and DB are the vapour densities of A and B, respectively.

Hence, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its vapour density.

Relation between the rate of diffusion or effusion and the molar mass of a gas:

Vapour density \((D)=\frac{\text { molar mass }(M)}{2}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B / 2}{M_A / 2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)……………… (4)

MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B, respectively. Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass.

Relation between the volume of a gas effused and its molar mass:

At a constant temperature and pressure, if the VA volume of gas A and VB volume of gas B effused through the same porous wall in the same time t, then—

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V_A}{t} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V_B}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{V_A / t}{V_B / t}=\frac{V_A}{V_B}\)

Substituting this value into equation [4], we obtain

⇒ \(\frac{V_A}{V_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)……………… (5)

Thus, under the identical set of conditions, the effused quantities of the two gases have volumes that are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molar masses.

Relation between the time taken for effusion and the molar mass:

Suppose, at constant temperature and pressure, two gases A and B are effusing through a porous wall. If tA and tB are the times required for effusion ofthe same volume ( V) of gases A and B, respectively, then

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V}{t_A} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V}{t_B}\)

According to Graham’s law of effusion,

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V / t_A}{V / t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_B}{t_A}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \cdots[6]\) ……………… (6)

Therefore, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the times required for the effusion of the same volume of two gases through a porous wall are directly proportional to the square roots of their molar masses.

At a particular temperature, the rate of diffusion or effusion (r) of any gas is proportional to the pressure (P) of the gas and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass (Af) of the gas.

Therefore, If at a constant temperature, two gases A and B diffuse (or effuse) at pressures PA and PB, respectively, and their molar masses are MA and MB, then

⇒ \(r_A \propto P_A / \sqrt{M_A} \text { and } r_B \propto P_B / \sqrt{M_B}\)

Where rA and rB are the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of gases A and B, respectively therefore

⇒  \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{P_A}{P_B} \sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Applications of diffusion (effusion) of gases:

Determination of the molar mass of a gas:

Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, if equal volumes of two gases, A and B pass through a porous wall in times tA and tB, respectively, then according to Graham’s law

⇒ \(\frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \text { or, }\left(\frac{t_A}{t_B}\right)^2=\frac{M_A}{M_B}\)

[MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B respectively]

If the time taken for the diffusion of the same volume of two gases under the same conditions of temperature and pressure and the molar mass of one of the gases is known, then from equation [1], the molar mass of the other gas can be calculated.

Separation of the component gases from the mixture of two gases:

At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion or effusion of any gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass. So, if a mixture of two gases is allowed to pass out through a porous wall, then the quantity ofthe gas diffused out after a definite interval will be enriched by the lighter gas.

In the same manner, two gases can be entirely separated by repeated diffusion or effusion through a porous wall. Such a process of separation of the components of a gaseous mixture based on the diffusive properties of gases is called atmolysis.

Example:

Two common isotopes of hydrogen gas, protium (JH) and deuterium (ÿH)can be easily separated by this method. But in most cases, the separation of isotopes is not easier by this method because ofthe very small ratio of the atomic masses of these isotopes.

Detection of marsh gas in coal mines:

To indicate the presence of marsh gas in coal mines, an electric alarm is used, which works on the principle of diffusion.

An experiment of gaseous diffusion

Diffusion of gases can be understood from the following experiment. A cotton plug soaked in concentrated HC1 solution is inserted into one end of a long tube, and another cotton plug soaked in concentrated NH3 solution is inserted into the other end ofthe tube.

The two ends ofthe tube are then closed with rubber corks so that HC1 and NH3, After some time, a white fume first appears at a point P inside the tube. It is the vapour of NH4 Cl formed by the reaction between NH3 and HCl vapours.

Point P lies near the cotton ball soaked in HC1 solution than that soaked in NH3 solution. This is because the diffusion rate of the lighter NH3 gas is greater than that of the heavier HCl gas and hence NH3 molecules travel a longer distance than HCl molecules in a given time.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Experiment Of Diffusion

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The rate of diffusion of a gas is 2.92 times that of NH3 gas. Determine the molecular weight of that gas.
Answer:

If the rates of diffusion of the unknown gas and NH3 gas at constant temperature and pressure are rx and r2, then according to Graham’s law of diffusion

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}{M}}\)

gas and MNH3 = 17

Since, rx = 2.92 × r²

∴ \(2.92=\sqrt{\frac{17}{M}} \quad \text { or, } M=2\)

Therefore, the molecular weight ofthe unknown gas = 2

Question 2. 432 mL of gas A effuses out through a fine orifice in 36 min. 288 mL of another gas B effuses out through the same orifice in 48 min. If the molecular weight of B is 64, what is the molecular weight of A?
Answer:

According to Graham’s law of effusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Given \(r_A=\frac{432 \mathrm{~mL}}{36 \mathrm{~min}}=12 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1},\)

⇒ \(r_B=\frac{288 \mathrm{~mL}}{48 \mathrm{~min}}=6 \cdot \mathrm{mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1} \text { and } M_B=64\)

∴ \(\frac{12}{6}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

∴ \(M_B=4 \times M_A \text { or, } M_A=\frac{64}{4}=16\)

Question 3. The molecular weights of the two gases are 64 and 100 respectively. If the rate of diffusion of the first gas is 15 mL.sec-1, then what is the rate of diffusion of the other?
Answer:

According to Graham’slaw ofdiffusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Here, MA = 64, MB = 100, rA = 15 mL.s-1 rAB = ?

∴ \(\frac{15 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{100}{64}}=\frac{10}{8}\)

∴ rB = 12 mL-s-1

∴ The rate of diffusion ofthe other gas = 12 mL.s-1

Question 4. Determine the relative rates of diffusion of 235UF6   And 238UF6  UF6 Gases.
Answer:

Molecular weight of 235UF6  =235 + 6 × 19 = 349

And molecular weight of 238 UF6  = 238 UF6

= 238+6 × 19

= 352

At a given temperature and pressure if r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of and 238UF6  respectively,

Then according to Graham’s law,

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\ \frac {M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{352}{349}}=1.0043\)

∴ r1=1.0043 × r2

∴ The rate of diffusion of 235UF6  is 1.0043 times that of 238UF6

Question 5. In a mixture of O2 and an unknown gas, the percentage of the unknown gas Is 20% by mass. At a given temperature and pressure, the time required to effuse VmL of the gas mixture through an aperture is 234.1 s. Under the same conditions, the time required to effuse the same volume of pure 02 gas is 223.1 s. What is the molar mass of unknown gas?
Answer:

Average molecular mass of the gas mixture

⇒ \(\frac{20 \times M+80 \times 32}{100}\)

Where,

M = molar mass of unknown gas. According to the problem, the rate of effusion of VmL of unknown gas mixed with oxygen,

⇒  \(r_1=\frac{V}{234.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

And the rate of effusion of 7raL of pure oxygen

⇒  \(r_2=\frac{V}{223.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

We know, ,\(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\) and \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

Now, \(\frac{M_2}{M_1}=\frac{32}{\frac{20 M+2560}{100}}=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

∴ \(\frac{223.1}{234.1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{160}{M+128}} \quad \text { or, } 0.9082=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

∴ M= 48.17

The molar mass of unknown gas = 48.17gmol-1

Question 6. A gas mixture consisting of He and CH4 gases in a mole ratio of 4:1 is present in a vessel at a pressure of 20 bar. Due to a fine hole in the vessel, the gas mixture undergoes effusion. What is the composition (or ratio) of the initial gas mixture that is effused out?
Answer:

If the total number of moles in the mixture is n, then the numbers of moles of He and CH4 are \(\frac{4}{5} n \text { and } \frac{1}{5} n\) or, 0.8n and 0.2 n respectively.

In the mixture, the partial pressure of He (pHe)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.8 n}{n} \times 20=16 \text { bar and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4\left(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\right)\)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.2}{n} \times 20=4 \text { bar }\)

Rate of effusion of a gas at a constant temperature, \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\)

where P = pressure ofthe gas and M molar mass ofthe gas.

Therefore, the rate of effusion of He gas, \(r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{He}}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{4}} \text { and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4 \text { gas, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}} \text { or, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{16}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}} \times \sqrt{\frac{16}{4}}=\frac{2 p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}=\frac{2 \times 16}{4}=8\)

∴ The ratio of the number of moles of He and CH4 (composition) in the initial gas mixture effused out 8:1

Question 7. ‘X’ and ‘ Y’ are the two open ends of a glass tube with a length of lm. NH3 gas through ‘X’ and HCl gas through ‘Y’ are simultaneously allowed to enter the tube. As NH3 and HCl gases diffuse towards each other inside the tube, they meet and react to form NH4Cl(s), as a result of a white fume appears. Where will the white fume appear first inside the tube?
Answer:

Suppose, NH3 gas first comes in contact with HCl gas after it traverses a distance of f cm from the X-end of the tube. At the same time, HCl gas moves a distance of (100-f) cm from the K-end of the tube. Therefore, the first white fume, appearing due to the formation of NH4Cl(s) from the reaction of NH4 with HCl, will be seen tit u distance of f cm f/otn the X -end.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids X and Y Are two Open Ends Of Glass Tube

If r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of Nil., and HCI respectively, then

⇒ \(r_1=\frac{l}{t} \text { and } r_2=\frac{(100-t)}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{HCl}}}{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}}\)

Or, \(\frac{l}{100-l}=\sqrt{\frac{36.5}{17}} \text { or, } \frac{l}{100-l}=1.465\) or, l = 59.43 cm

So, the white fume first appears at a distance of 59.43 cm from the ‘X’-end ofthe tube

The Kinetic Theory Of Gases

The kinetic theory of gases Is based on some postulates to elucidate the behaviour of Ideal gases, This theory was first proposed by Bernoulli and was considerably extended and elaborated by Clausius, Boltzmann, Maxwell, van der Waals arid Jeans.

Fundamental Postulates Of Kinetic Theory Of Gases

  • A gas consists of a large number of tiny discrete particles, called molecules.
  • The gas molecules are solid, spherical and perfectly elastic.
  • Molecules of a gas are alike In all respects.
  • The actual volume occupied by the molecules Is negligible in comparison to the volume of the container.
  • Gas molecules are always in ceaseless chaotic motion.
  • They constantly collide with each other and with the walls of the container. Collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container give rise to (lie pressure of a gas.
  • All molecular collisions are perfectly elastic i.e., during collisions, molecules do not gain or lose kinetic energy.
  • There exist no forces of attraction or repulsion among (lie gas molecules, l, a., molecules in a gas behave Independently of one another.
  • The average kinetic energy of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Justification for the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases:

  • According to the kinetic theory of gases, the total volume of the gas molecules is negligible compared to the volume of the container holding the gas. This means that most of the volume occupied by a gas in a container is empty. The high compressibility of gases justifies this assumption.
  • The kinetic theory of gases proposes that the gas molecules are always in ceaseless random motion.
  • If the molecules of a gas were not in ceaseless random motion, the gas would have a definite shape and size. But in fact, gases do not have a definite shape and size, which supports the ceaseless random motion of gas molecules.

According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exists no force of attraction or repulsion among gas molecules. The indefinite expansion of a gas supports this postulate.

  • The kinetic theory of gases tells us that the pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container. Molecule In a gas his terms that move randomlyIn straight lines In all directions.
  • As a result, they constantly collide with one another and with the walls of the container. The force exerted by the molecules unit area of the wall of the container represents the pressure of the gas.
  • The collisions of gas molecules among themselves and also against the walls of the container are perfectly elastic. This means there Is no loss or gain of kinetic energy during collisions, i.e., the total kinetic energy of the gas molecules before and after collisions remains the same.

If the kinetic energy of the gas molecules enclosed in an insulated container were not conserved during collisions, the pressure of the gas In that insulated container would also fluctuate.

  • But, the fact is that the pressure of the gas enclosed In an insulated container remains the same. So, this confirms that the collisions of gas molecules among themselves and with the walls of the container are perfectly elastic.
  • According to the kinetic theory of gases, the average kinetic energy of gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. With increasing temperature, the pressure of a gas increases at constant volume.
  • Again, the pressure of a gas increases as the number of collisions of the gas molecules with the walls ofthe container increases, which in turn, increases with the increase in average kinetic energy of gas molecules.
  • Thus, it can be concluded that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas.

Kinetic gas equation

Based on the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases, an equation for the pressure of a gas can be deduced. This equation is known as the kinetic gas equation.

The equation is \(P=\frac{1}{3} \frac{m n c_{r m s}^2}{V}\)

Where P and V are the pressure and volume of tyre gas, arms are the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules, m = mass of each gas molecule, and n – is the number of molecules present in volume V.

Average velocity and mean square velocity

Let, the total number of molecules in a sample of gas be n. Of these molecules, suppose, n, molecules move with velocity c1, c2, molecules move with velocity c2, n3 molecules move with velocity c3, and so on.

Average velocity:

It is the arithmetical mean of the velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.

Average velocity, \(\bar{c}\)

= \(\frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots}\)

= \( \frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n}\)

‘Bar’(-) over c indicates the average value of c]

If the absolute temperature and the molar mass of a gas are T and M, respectively, then it can be shown that

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}.\)

Mean square velocity:

It is the arithmetical mean of the square velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.

Mean square velocity

⇒ \(\overline{c^2}=\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots}\)

= \(\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}\)

Root mean square velocity

The square root of the mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature is called the root mean square (RMS) velocity. Root mean square velocity

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\overline{c^2}}=\sqrt{\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}}\)

The average velocity (c) and the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas are not the Suppose, we have 2 molecules with velocities 2 m-s-1 and 4 m-s-1, respectively. The average velocity of the two molecules,

⇒ \(c=\frac{(2+4) \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{2}=3 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

And root mean square velocity

⇒ \(c_{t \mathrm{~ms}}=\sqrt{\frac{2^2+4^2}{2}}=3.16 \mathrm{~m} \cdot 5^{-1}\)

To determine the tbs average kinetic energy of gas molecules, the root mean square velocity is used instead of the average velocity

Gases are isotropic i.e. the properties of gases are Independent of direction. So, gas molecules can move in all directions with equal probability.

Therefore, the average velocity of the gas molecules along a particular axis (x or y or z )is zero because at any instant the probability ofthe number of molecules moving along the positive x-axis and the negative x-axis is equal.

  • As a result, the average velocity along the x-axis (similarly y-axis or z-axis) becomes zero.
  • For this reason, the average velocity is not used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules.
  • On the other hand, the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules is determined from their mean square velocity.
  • As the square of a positive or negative quantity Is always a positive quantity, the root mean square velocity is always positive.
  • Hence, the root-mean-square velocity is used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules.

Determination of Crms from the kinetic gas equation:

From the kinetic gas equation we have \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2\)

P and V are the pressure and volume of gas respectively, at a particular temperature, arms are the root mean square velocity of molecules in the gas at the same temperature, m is the mass of the gas molecule and n is the number of molecules present in volume V. For 1 mol gas, n = N (Avogadro’s number)

Therofore P V=\frac{1}{3} m N c_{r m s}^2 \text { (for } 1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { gas). }\(\)

Molar mass (M) of a gas = mass of each molecule of the gas x Avogadro’s number =mN and for 1 mole of gas, PV = RT.

Therefore. \(R T=\frac{1}{3} M c_{r m s}^2\) or, \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

This equation represents the root mean square velocity at a given temperature T of the molecules in a gas with a molar mass of M.

It is evident from this equation that the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the square root of absolute temperature and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass of the gas.

If the molar masses of A and B gases are MA and MB respectively and the root mean square velocities of the molecules of A and B and (arms), respectively, then at a particular temperature (T),

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_A}} \text { and }\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_B}}\)

So, \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Therefore, at a particular temperature is greater for a lighter gas. For example, at a given temperature c value for H2 molecules is 4 times as high as that of O2 molecules

⇒ \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{32}{2}}=\sqrt{16}=4\)

Or, \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}=4 \times\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

Most probable velocity (cm)

Gas molecules move randomly in all directions, collide with each other and also against the walls oftheir container. Due to such frequent collisions, there is always a redistribution of velocities among the molecules.

At any instant in time, the gas contains molecules moving with very high to very low velocities. Maxwell, by extensive mathematical calculation of the distribution of molecular velocities, has shown that at a particular temperature, the velocity with which the maximum fraction of molecules in a sample of gas move has a constant value. This velocity is known as the most probable velocity and it is represented by the equation.

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

Where T and M are the absolute temperature and molecular mass ofthe gas respectively.

Relation among different molecular velocities: At a given temperature T the average velocity (c), root mean square velocity (arms) and most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules ofa gas with molar mass M are-

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}, c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \text { and } c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\left[c_m: \overline{\boldsymbol{c}}: c_{r m s}\right]=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}: \sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}: \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{2}: \sqrt{\frac{8}{\pi}}: \sqrt{3}=1: 1.128: 1.224\)

Relation between c and Crms:

At a definite temperature, for a particular gas cm =crms = 0.921

Average velocity = 0.921 × root mean square velocity.

The relation between cm and arms is cm / arms  = 0.816

Most probable -velocity = 0.816 × root mean square velocity

For the gas molecules of a given gas at a definite temperature,

crms>c‾>cm

Average kinetic energy of gas molecules

Since all the molecules in a gas do not move at the same velocity, they do not have the same kinetic energy. Thus, the kinetic energy of the molecules in ofa gas is always expressed in terms of average kinetic energy.

Let n be the total number of 6 molecules in a sample of gas, and m be the mass of each molecule. If at a given temperature, molecules move with velocity c1, n2 molecules with velocity c2, n3 molecules with velocity c3— etc., and the respective kinetic energies of these molecules are \(\epsilon_1, \epsilon_2, \epsilon_3 \ldots\) etc., then

⇒ \(\epsilon_1=\frac{1}{2} m c_1^2, \epsilon_2=\frac{1}{2} m c_2^2, \epsilon_3=\frac{1}{2} m c_3^2 \cdots e t c .\)

Therefore, the average kinetic energy of the molecules,

⇒ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{n_1 \epsilon_1+n_2 \epsilon_2+n_3 \epsilon_3+\cdots}{n}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} m\left[\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}\right]=\frac{1}{2} m \overline{c^2}\)

Also, mean square velocity = (root mean square velocity)2 i.e., \(\overline{c^2}=c_{r m s}^2\)

∴ Average kinetic energy of a gas molecule \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\)

Equation [1] expresses the relation between the average kinetic energy and the root mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas.

Value of average kinetic energy:

The average kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas at a particular temperature,

⇒ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\) where m is the mass of a gas molecule, cms is its root mean square velocity At a given temperature for the molecules in a gas,

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k \times N \times T}{m \times N}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k T}{m}}\)

Since Molar mass (M) of a gas = mass of a molecule (m) of the gas Avogadro’s’ number (N) and R = k (Boltzmann constant) × N]

∴ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times m \times \frac{3 k T}{m}=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

It is evident from this equation that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the -absolute temperature. Therefore, at TK, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of1 mol ofa gas.

⇒ \(=\epsilon \times N=\frac{3}{2} k T \times N=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

[since r = k × N]

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry States of Matter Liquids Gases Summary

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Determine the ratio of root mean square velocity and average velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature
Answer:

If M and T are the molar mass and temperature ofthe gas, then the root mean square velocity \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\) and the average velocity, \((\bar{c})=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_{r m s}}{c}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}}=1.085\)

Question 2. Show that the root mean square velocity of an O2 molecule at 54°C is not twice its root mean square velocity at 27°C
Answer:

At 54°C, i.e., at (273 + 54)K = 327K the root mean square velocity of O2 molecules,

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_1=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 327}{32}}\)

= 5.048 × 104 cm-s-1

And at 27°C i.e., at (273 + 27)K = 300K

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_2=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{32}}\)

=4.835 × 10cm.s-1

∴ (arms)1≠2(crms)2.

Question 3. Determine the rms velocity, average velocity and most probable velocity of H2 molecules at 300 K.
Answer:

Molar mass (M) of H2 gas = 2g.mol-1

∴ Root mean square velocity of H2 molecule

⇒ \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{2}}=1.934 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Average velocity = \(=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}=\sqrt{\frac{8 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{3.14 \times 2}} ;\)

= 1.782×105 cm.5 cm.s-1

Most probable velocity \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 30}{2}\)

= 1.58 × 10 5cm.s-1

Question 4. At what temperature will the most probable velocity of the H2 molecule be equal to the root mean square velocity of O2 molecules at 20°C?
Answer:

At 20°C temperature, the root mean square velocity of the O2 molecule =

⇒ \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times(273+20)}{32}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Let at temperature T1 the most probable velocity of H2 = the rms velocity of O2 at 20°C.

At TK, the most probable velocity of H2

⇒ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 293}{32}}\)

or, \(T=\frac{3 \times 293}{32}=27.50\) Therefore at —245.5°C, the most probable velocity of H2 molecules will be equal to the rms velocity of 02 at 20 °C.

Question 5. The density of O2 gas at 1 atm pressure and 273K is 1.429 g-dm-3. Calculate the root mean square velocity of 02 molecules at 273 K
Answer:

The root mean square velocity,

⇒  \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P V}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}\)

Given, P = 1 atm and d = 1.429 g-dm-3

P = latm = 1.013 × 106 dyn-cm-2

= 1.013 × 10-6 g.cm.s-2 .cm-2 = 1.013 × 106 g. cm-1.s-2

and d = 1.429 g.dm-3 = 1.429 × 10-3 g.cm-3

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 1.013 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}}{1.429 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}}\)

= 4.611 × 104 cm.s-1

Question 6. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 1 g CO2 at 27°C in the units of erg and calorie. Assume the ideal behaviour of the gas.
Answer:

1 g \( \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{1}{44}=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { and }\)

T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

The total kinetic energy of the molecules in mol of an ideal gas.

⇒ \(\frac{3}{2} R T\)

Therefore, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of

⇒ \(2.27\times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}\)

CO2 gas = \(2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} R T\)

= \(2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300\)

= \(8.5 \times 10^8 \mathrm{erg}\)

= 20.31cal

= 8.5 ×  108 erg = 20.31 cal

Since 1 cal = 4.18 × 107erg

Question 7. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 8.0 g CH4 at 27°C in the unit of joule.
Answer:

8.0 = \(\mathrm{CH}_4=\frac{8}{16}=0.5 \mathrm{molCH}_4\)

since MCH4 = 16g.mol-1]

Total kinetic energy ofthe moleculesin1 mol gas \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

∴ Total kinetic energy ofthe molecules of 0.5 mol CH4 gas

⇒ \(=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} R T=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times(273+27)=1870.65 \mathrm{~J} .\)

Question 8. At a given temperature, the average kinetic energy of H2 molecules is 3.742 kj. mol-1. Calculate the root mean square velocity of H2 molecules at this temperature
Answer:

Suppose, at TK, the average kinetic energy of H2 gas molecules =3.742 kj.mol-1.

∴ \(\frac{3}{2} R T=3.742 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, \(\frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times T=3.742 \times 10^3\)

∴ t= 300k

Therefore, the root mean square velocity of the H2 molecule

⇒ \(\text { at } 300 \mathrm{~K}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2} \times 300}{2 \mathrm{~g}}}=1934.2 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Maxwell’s distribution of velocity

In a collection of gas molecules, there exists a wide distribution of velocity, ranging from very low to very high value. Molecules moving with very low to very high velocities are very small. Most of the molecules move with intermediate velocities.

Maxwell showed that the molecular velocity distribution in a gas depends on the temperature and molar mass of the gas and gave an equation, commonly known as Maxwell’s distribution law of molecular velocity.

According to this law, at a given temperature, the distribution of velocities remains the same although individual velocities of gas molecules may change due to collision. Let the total number of molecules in a gaseous sample be n and at a particular temperature, dn is the number of molecules having velocities in the range c to c + dc \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) is a small interval of velocity).

Tints, the fraction of molecules having velocity in the range c to c + dc is \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\). The value of f changes with a change in the value of c. Maxwell’s distribution is obtained by plotting

⇒ \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) as ordinate and c as abscissa.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Max wells Sistribution Of Velocity At A given Temperature

Description of the graph:

The given graph shows that the fraction of molecules \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) increases with c, reaches a maximum, and then decreases rapidly. The velocity corresponding to the maximum in the distribution curve indicates the velocity possessed by most of the molecules.

This velocity is called the most probable velocity (cm). For a gas with molar mass M, the most probable velocity of its molecules at temperature T is:

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

The number of molecules moving with very high or very low velocities is very small.

The average velocity of the molecules is slightly greater than the most probable velocity and the root mean square velocity is still slightly greater than the most probable velocity.

Effect of molar mass on the distribution of molecular velocity at constant temperature:

According to the equation \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\) at a given temperature, the most probable velocity of molecules of a gas is inversely proportional to the molar mass of the gas.

Therefore, at a particular temperature, the most probable velocity of a gas with a larger molar mass will be lower than that of a gas with a smaller molar mass, and the maxima in the distribution curve for a lighter gas will occur at a higher velocity than that for a heavier gas. As a result, the curve for a lighter gas becomes more flattened than that for a heavier gas.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Effects Of Molar mass On The Velocity Distrubution Of Gases At The same Temperature

Influence of temperature on velocity distribution:

The change in temperature changes the velocity of the molecules. As a result, the distribution of molecular velocities also changes The velocity distribution curves at three different temperatures (T1, T2 and T3 ) are given below.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Velocity Distrubution Of The Molecules Of A Gas At Different Constant Temperatures

With increasing temperature, the curve gets flattened and the maximum the curve shifts to the right. This means that with temperature rise, the most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules increases although the number of molecules moving with this velocity decreases. Thus, the velocity distribution curve broadens at higher temperatures.

The middle portion of the curve gets flattened with the increase in temperature. This indicates that with an increase in temperature, the number of molecules with higher velocity increases and that with lower velocity decreases.

If the temperature decreases, the distribution curve becomes gradually narrow and the most probable velocity of the molecules decreases, while the number of molecules with this velocity increases.

Deviation Of Real Gases From Ideal And Behaviour

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT. In practice, there is no such gas which obeys PV = nRT under all conditions of pressure and temperature. Gases which do not obey the equation, PV = nRT, except at very low pressure and high temperature, are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases. Fegnault, Andrews, Amagat, KamerJing and other scientists have studied the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour.

Amagat curves

Amagat carried out an extensive study on the behaviour of real gases. From the results of his observations, he plotted PV against constant temperature for different gases.

If the gas obeys the equation, PV = NRT (ideal gas), then at a constant temperature, the PV vs P plot will be a straight line parallel to the P-axis and at any temperature, and the value of PV will be equal to that of RT (forI mol of gas). This is shown by a dotted line. In the case of real gases, however, the plots of PV vs P are not a horizontal line Instead they deviate from the line of ideas gas and take a curve-like shape as shown by unbroken lines.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids A magnet Curves For Different Gases At 0 degree C

The curves for real gases are of two types. These are—

In the case of gases like N2, CO2 etc., with the increase in pressure, the value of PV initially decreases from the expected value of nRT, passes through a minimum and then goes on increasing, even after exceeding the value of nRT.

Such gases show a negative deviation in the beginning, reach a minimum value and then show a positive deviation after crossing the line for ideal gas. Depression in the curve of gas is characteristic ofthe gas and it also depends on the experimental temperature.

For gases like H2, He etc., the value of PV increases with pressure right from the beginning. No depression appears in their curves. Although at 0°C, the PV vs P curves obtained in the case of H2 and He etc. do not have any depression or concave part, they become identical to those obtained for gases like N2 and O2 etc.

When PV values for H2 and He is measured at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures. PV vs P isotherms at different pressures upto 1 atm are found to be straight lines but they are not parallel to the P -axis.

Keeping the temperature fixed at 0°C, when PV vs P curves for mol of different real gases at various pressures upto 1 atm are drawn and extrapolated, it is observed that all the straight lines meet the PV-axis at 22.424 L-atm value at P = 0 J. This value of PV for any real gas is equal to the value of PV for 1 mol ideal gas at STP.

So, at extremely low pressure (P→ 0), real gases exhibit ideal behaviour

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Pv vs P Curves For 1 MOl Of Different Gases At 0C And Low Pressure

Deviations Concerning pressure:

For real gases, the deviations from ideal behaviour concerning pressure can be studied by plotting pressure vs volume at a given temperature. If we plot experimental values of pressure vs volume at constant temperature (i.e., for real gas) and p theoretically calculated values from Boyle’s law (i.e., for ideal gas) the two curves do not coincide.

From this plot, we observe that at very high pressure, the volume of the real gas is more than that of an ideal gas. Pressure, these two volumes approach each other.

Deviation from ideal behaviour and Boyle temperature:

For a given gas, if PV vs P curves at different fixed temperatures are drawn, then it is found that with the increase in temperature, the depths in the curves gradually decrease (curves become more and more flat) along with the simultaneous shifting of the minimum values of PV to the left.

For every gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the PV-P coincides with the line ofthe ideal gas over an appreciable range of pressure. This temperature is called the Boyle temperature of the gas.

This is so called because the PV value for the gas remains constant over the range of pressure indicating that the gas obeys Boyle’s law.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Pv vs p Curves For N2 At Different Constant Temperatures

Boyle temperature

For any real gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the gas follows the ideal gas laws over a wide range of pressure.

This temperature is called the Boyle temperature ( TB) or Boyle point of the gas. The Boyle temperature for gas following the van der Waals equation is given by the relation given by, \(T_B=\frac{a}{R b}\)

Alternative definition:

The temperature at which the plot of PV vs P for areal gas results in a line parallel to the P-axis over an appreciable range of pressure, is called the Boyle temperature of the gas.

Alternatively, the particular temperature at which the value of PV for a real gas becomes constant over an appreciable range of pressure is called the Boyle temperature of that gas. -Ideal gas -Real gas V-

The values of Boyle’s temperature are different for different gases. For example—the Boyle temperatures of H2 and N2 are -156°C and 50°C, respectively. Generally, the liquefaction of a gas becomes easier for a gas having a higher Boyle temperature.

Boyle temperatures for most of the gases are found to be higher than the ordinary temperature. For this reason, a concave region is found in the PV vs P plots of N2 O2 CH4 etc. gases at ordinary temperature.

On the other hand, such kind of concave region is absent in the case of the PV vs P plots of H2 and He gases as their Boyle temperatures are much lower than the ordinary temperature. However, such plots for H2 and He gases at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures exhibit minima.

Conclusion:

A real gas behaves like an ideal gas at very low and high temperatures. Exhibits a large 10- 10-pressure deviation from ideal behaviour at very high pressures and low temperatures. Behaves like an ideal gas at its Boyle temperature over a wide range of pressure.

Compressibility factor of real gases

Looking at the reveals that in the high-pressure region, for a given value of pressure, the value of PV for a real gas is larger than that for an ideal gas. On the other hand, in the low pressure, region at a given pressure, the value of PV is smaller than that for an ideal gas.

The different values of PV for a real gas and an ideal gas imply that a real gas deviates from the behaviour of an ideal gas. The extent of deviation of a real gas from the ideal behaviour is usually expressed in terms of a quantity, called the compressibility factor.

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas, PV = nRT. However, the equality of PV and nRT does not hold well for a real gas so PV nRT. Let, in the case of a real gas PV = Zx nRT; where Z= compressibility factor. Therefore

⇒ \(\mathrm{Z}=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

For an ideal gas, PV = nRT, hence Z = 1 For areal gas, PVnRT, hence Z ≠1

Let at pressure P and temperature T, the volume for nmol of an ideal gas be V1 and that forn mol of a real gas be V.

For an ideal gas, Z = 1, so, 1 =\(\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\)

=\(\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\)

∴ \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{P V}{P V_i}=\frac{V}{V_i}\)

⇒ \(\frac{\text { at a given pressure and temperature the volume of nmol of a real gas}}{\text { the volume of n mol of an ideal gas at the same pressure and temperature } { }}\)

When V = Vi, Z = 1; i.e., the real gas behaves like an ideal gas.

When V> Vi, Z> 1; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is less compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called positive deviation.

When V<Vi, Z <l; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is more compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called negative deviation.

Therefore, when a real gas deviates from the ideal behaviour, its value of Z becomes greater than or less than 1. Z vs P plots for several reed gases at 0°C are given below From the plots, it is found that for N2, CO2, CH2tc., the values of Z at very low pressures are very close to 1 Hence at very low pressures, these gases behave nearly like ideal gas.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Z vs P Curve Of Different Gases At 0C

Causes of deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour

The Dutch scientist van der Waals explained the causes of the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. He mentioned two faulty assumptions ofthe kinetic theory ofgases. These are-

  1. In the kinetic theory of gases, the gas molecules are considered point particles of very small dimensions, and the total volume occupied by them is negligible compared to the volume of their container.
  2. But actually, a gas molecule always has a finite volume although it is extremely small. Thus, in a real gas, the actual volume available to the molecules for free movement is somewhat less than the volume of the container in which the gas is kept.
  3. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the molecules in a gas do not experience any intermolecular forces of attraction. But, this is not true as this is evident from the fact that a real gas always exerts less pressure than that calculated for an Ideal gas under an identical set of conditions.

The gas molecules in a real gas occupy a certain volume and they do feel intermolecular forces of attraction. By applying pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into a liquid or a solid. Since a liquid or a solid has molecules in a gas, then it would not be possible to condense a gas into a liquid or a solid.

Difference Between Ideal gas and Real gas:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Difference Between Ideal And Real gas

Explanation of the plot of \(Z\left(=\frac{P V}{n R T}\right)\) vs P:

The reasons for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour are— low-pressure region, the effect of intermolecular attractive forces predominates over the effect of the volume of gas molecules der Waals equation van der Waals pointed out two faulty assumptions in the kinetic theory of gases as the cause for the failure of real gases to obey the Ideal gas equation.

These faulty assumptions are -volume assumptions and pressure assumptions. He modified the equation, PV m to rectify those two defects and presented a revised equation which Is widely known as the van Dor Winds equation.

Volume correction:

Let us consider, n moles of a real gas enclosed in a container of volume V at temperature 7’K. As each ofthe gas molecules occupies a definite volume the entire space in the container Is not available to them for free movement. So, the space available for free movement will be somewhat less than (the volume of the container, if the total volume of 1-mole molecules is then the volume for n moles molecules will be’ nb Here the term ‘b’ Is called volume correction term or co-volume or excluded volume.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Volume Of N Mol Of A Real Gas

Therefore, the corrected volume available for the motion ofthe molecules = (V -nb).

The quantity ‘b‘ is related to the actual volume of the gas molecules. It can be shown by calculation that the value of ‘b’ is four times the total volume of mole molecules. If the radius of each gas molecule is r, then, the volume of each molecule \(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\).

∴ The total volume of 1 mol molecules

⇒  \(N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3[N=\text { Avogadro no. }]\)

Therefore \(b=4 \times N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

Pressure correction:

According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exist no attractive forces among the molecules in a gas. But, it has been proved by different experiments that intermolecular attractions exist among the gas molecules. A molecule (A) in the bulk of a gas is surrounded by other molecules and attracted equally from all directions.

Consequently, the net force on this. The molecule is zero. However, the situation is different for molecule (B) near the wall of the vessel. Here, the molecule ‘B’ is attracted towards the centre by the molecules inside the vessel. So, the force with which the molecule strikes the wall is less than that with which it would strike if there were no intermolecular forces of attraction. Thus the observed pressure, (P) of the gas will be lower than that calculated for an ideal gas Pi.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Intermolecular Forces Of Attrcations Among Gas Molecules

Hence, the ideal pressure (Pi) can be obtained if we add a correction term (Pa) to the observed pressure. Therefore, P. = Pi+ Pa Here, P a is the measure of cohesive force due to the intermolecular forces of attraction. It can be shown by calculation, Pa = (n²a)/V²; where n and V are the moles and the volume of the gas respectively and a = constant.

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)\) or Pi and (V- nb)

For the ideal gas equation PiVi = nRT, we get, reduce

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for nmol of real gas

If n=1, then \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for 1 mol of areal gas. In this equation, P and V are the pressure and volume of 1 mol of a real gas, respectively, at temperature, TK.

The explanation for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour by the van der Waals equation

Amagat’s curves indicate the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. The nature of Amagat’s curves as well as the behaviour of a real gas at different temperatures and pressures can be explained by the van der Waals equation.

For mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

let us see the forms of this equation in the following special cases

At very low pressure:

At very low pressure, as the volume (V) of a gas is very large, the value of ‘b’ Is negligible compared to V i.e., {V- b) « V. So, the van der Waals equation becomes-

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T \quad \text { or, }\left(P V+\frac{a}{V}\right)=R T \text { or, } P V=R T-\frac{a}{V}\)

Thus, at a very low pressure, the value of PV is less than that of RT. Also, with pressure increases, the volume (V) of a gas decreases, and hence the value of (a/V) increases. As a result, the value of PV decreases with an increase in pressure. In Amagat’s curves for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc., the initial decrease in the value of PV with an increase in pressure can thus be explained.

At very high pressure:

At very high pressure, the volume (V) of a gas is very small, and the value of the gas cannot be neglected in comparison to V. But the value of a/V2 is very small in comparison to P, and hence \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) \approx P\)

Therefore, the van der Waals equation reduces to P(V- b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb From this equation, it is seen that the value of PV is greater than RT. The value of Pb increases with an increase in pressure. Consequently, the value of PV goes on increasing. This explains the continuous increase of PV with pressure in the Amagat’s curves, for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc.

Exceptional behaviour of H2 and He gases:

Because of the very small molar masses of H2 and He, the strength of molecular forces attracting these gases is very weak, and hence the value of V2 at any value of P can be neglected. So, the van der Waals equation for these gases can be expressed as P(V-b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb. This equation shows that the value of PV is always greater than RT. Thus, PV for H2 and He increases linearly with pressure from the very beginning.

Causes (or ideal, behaviour of real gases at very low pressure and high temperature:

At a very low pressure, the volume ( V) as well as the intermolecular distances among the gas molecules is very large. As a result, the intermolecular forces of attraction become very weak, making the value of ‘a’ negligible.

Thus, the value of the term a/V2 becomes negligible at very low pressure because of the very large value of V and the very small value of a So, the term a V2 can be ignored in comparison to P. The term b can be neglected in comparison to V because of the large value of V.

Therefore, at very low pressure \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V \text {. }\) In this condition, the van der V2 Waals equation reduces to PV = RT Thus at very low pressure, areal gas behaves like an ideal gas.

At a very high temperature, the volume of a gas becomes very large and the average kinetic energy of the molecules of the gas becomes very high. Hence the intermolecular forces of attraction become insignificant. As a result, the term \(\frac{a}{V^2}\) in comparison to very high temperature therefore \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V\) So, at a very high temperature, van der Waals equation reduces to PV = RT and a real gas exhibits ideal behaviour.

van der Waals constants

The terms ‘a ‘ and ‘b’ in the van der Waals equation are called van der Waals constants. The values of these constants depend on the nature of a gas.

Significance of van der Waals constants: Significance of a: ‘a’ measures the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the larger the value of the gas.

A gas with a larger value can be liquefied easily. Hence, the larger the value of a gas, the greater the ease of its liquefaction.

Significance of a:

The term ‘b’ for a gas gives us an idea of the size of the molecules ofthe gas. The larger the value of ‘b’ the larger the size of the gas molecules, and hence lower the compressibility ofthe gas.

Units of and ‘h’: The units of and are as follows—

Unit of a:

van der Waals equation for moles of a real gas,

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

As the term (n2a)/v2 is added to the pressure term, its unit will be the same as that ofthe of the pressure. Therefore, the unit of \(\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)\frac{n^2 a}{V^2} = unit of pressure

∴ Unit of ‘a’ = unit of pressure \(\text { unit of pressure } \times \frac{(\text { unit of volume })^2}{(\text { number of mole })^2}\)

Unit of b: As nb is subtracted from the volume, its unit will be the same as that ofthe volume. Therefore, Unit of nb = unit of volume

∴ \(\text { Unit of } b=\frac{\text { unit of volume }}{\text { number of mole }}=\mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Unit of ‘a’ atm- L² mol-2   Unit of ‘b’ : L.mol-1

Van der Waals constant of some common gases

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Van der Waals Constant Of Some Common Gases

Liquefaction Of Gases

Liquefaction of a gas is the physical transformation of the gas into its liquid state. By increasing pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into its liquid state.

Fundamentally, the gaseous state and liquid state are different for their intermolecular distances.

  • Let the molecules gaseous state be widely separated from each other but in a liquid state, they are comparatively close to each other. So, to liquefy a gas, the molecules must be brought closer to each other.
  • It is possible to bring the molecules closer the pressure ofthe gases increases or their temperature decreases.
  • Due to an increase in pressure, the gas molecules come closer to each other and they come under the influence of strong attractive forces.
  • As a result, the gas changes into a liquid state.

On the other hand, due to a decrease in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules decreases, which, in turn, increases the strength of intermolecular forces of attraction.

  • This causes, the gas molecules to get closer to each other, and ultimately the gas changes into the liquid state.
  • Andrews discovered the conditions necessary for the liquefaction of a gas. He stated that there is a particular temperature for every gas above which it cannot be liquefied no matter how high the pressure is.
  • This temperature is called the critical temperature ofthe gas.
  • The liquefaction ofa gas is possible only when the gas exists at or below its critical temperature.

Critical Temperature:

Every eas has a certain characteristic temperature above which the gas cannot be liquefied even if the pressure is very high. This particular temperature is called the critical temperature of the gas.

It is denoted by Tc. The liquefaction is easier for gases with high critical temperatures.

  • Critical pressure: The minimum pressure required to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature is termed the critical pressure (Pc) of the gas.
  • Critical volume: The volume occupied by 1 mol of a gas at its critical temperature and critical pressure is termed the critical volume (Vc) of the gas.
  • Critical Constants: The values of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume (Vc) are constant for a particular gas. Thus, Tc, Vc and Pc are called critical constants.

Critical temperature and pressure of some gases

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Critical Temperature And Pressure Of Some Gases

The critical temperature is low for a gas whose intermolecular forces of attraction are weak. For example, the values of critical temperatures for H2 He, O2 etc. are very low because of their weak intermolecular forces of attraction.

The critical temperature is high for a gas whose intermolecular forces for attraction are strong. For example, the critical temperatures for CH4, NH3, CO, etc. are very high because of their very strong intermolecular forces of attraction.

The behaviour of a gaseous substance at its critical state Andrews was the first to investigate the behaviour of a gas in the neighbourhood of its critical temperature. He carried out his experiment on CO2 gas and studied the variation of volume of CO2 gas with pressure at different constant temperatures. Each curve corresponds to a constant temperature and is called an isotherm. It is evident that some isotherms lie above 31.1 °C, some below it and one at 31.1°C.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Isotherms For CO2 Gas

Isotherms below 31.1°C:

These isotherms have three parts. Let us consider the isotherm, ABCD corresponding to temperature Tl.

  • The first part of this isotherm i.e., line AB indicates the change in volume of CO2 gas with a change in pressure.
  • Thus, AB corresponds to the gaseous state of CO2. At point B, CO2 gas begins to liquefy and thereafter the pressure of the system remains the same although the volume of the system goes on decreasing.
  • Along line BC, the transition of CO2 gas to liquid CO2 takes place, and as a result, the pressure of the system remains constant.
  • The line BC denotes the coexistence of gas & liquid. At point C, CO2 completely convert into a liquid state.

At constant temperature, the liquid does not suffer any significant change in volume with pressure, so the volume change of liquid CO2 with the increased pressure is extremely small, as shown by the die steep line CD.

As the temperature is raised, the horizontal portion is gradually shortened until the temperature of 31.1 °C is reached at which it reduces to a point (C). This state is referred to as the critical state of CO2 gas.

Isotherms at 31.1°C:

In the isotherm obtained at 31.1°C, die horizontal portion vanishes and is reduced to a point. At or below 31.1°C, CPO2 gas can be transformed into liquid by applying pressure. Thus, the liquefaction of CO2 cannot be caused at any temperature above 31.1°C whatever the magnitude of applied pressure may be. Hence, 31.1°C is the critical temperature of CO2.

Isotherms above 31.1°C:

P-V isotherms above 31.1°C are approximately rectangular hyperbolic. In these conditions, CO2 gas behaves more or less as an ideal gas.

Conditions for liquefaction of gases:

Two conditions must be fulfilled for the die condensation of a gas into a liquid.

These are— die temperature of the gas must be brought equal or below the critical temperature and necessary pressure is to be applied on the gas keeping the nature ofthe gas equal or below its critical temperature.

An ideal gas cannot be liquefied due to the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in it.

Important points related to the critical state of a gas:

Above the critical temperature, due to the very high average kinetic energy of molecules, attractions, between die molecules become negligible. As a result, it is not possible to bring the molecules closer to each other, which is necessary for the condensation of a gas.

Hence, a gaseous substance cannot be liquefied above its critical temperature even by applying very high pressure.

At the critical point, die densities of both the gaseous and liquid states of a substance become equal, and the surface of separation between these two phases disappears.

  • If a substance remains above its critical temperature then the substance is called a gas. And if a substance remains below its critical temperature, then the dead substance is called a vapour.
  • Thus, vapours can be liquefied only by applying pressure, but not a gas.
  • To liquefy a gas, at first, the temperature ofthe gas should be brought below its critical temperature.
  • The gas can then be converted into a liquid by applying the necessary pressure.
  • Critical temperatures of some permanent gases such as N2, O2, He etc. are much lower than ordinary temperatures.
  • Therefore, at ordinary temperatures, these gases cannot be liquefied by applying pressure.
  • On the other hand, as the critical temperatures of gases like CO2, CH4 etc. are higher than ordinary temperatures, these gases can be liquefied easily at ordinary temperatures by applying pressure

The expressions of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume ( Vc) for a gas obeying van der Waals equation are as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|}
\hline V_c=3 b & P_c=\frac{a}{27 b^2} & T_c=\frac{8 a}{27 R b} \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

∴ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}=\frac{8}{3} \approx 2.66\)

⇒ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}\) is called coeffiecient.

Continuity of state

We have already seen that at the critical temperature, there is no difference between the gas and the liquid phases in the P vs V diagram of CO2 because the surface of separation between these two phases disappears at the critical temperature.

However, an isotherm at a temperature below critical temperature has a horizontal portion along which the gas and the liquid phases coexist. This indicates that the transformation of gas into liquid is a discontinuous process.

However, a close examination of an isotherm below the critical temperature reveals that it is possible to convert the gas into liquid or vice versa without any discontinuity. The phenomenon of continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase is called continuity of state.

The following illustrates the continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase. The linesEGF and ABCD indicate the respective P vs V isotherms at critical temperature (Tc) and a temperature below the critical temperature (< Tc). Any point inside the parabolic portion indicates the coexistence of gas and liquid of a substance.

On the other hand, any point outside the parabolic portion represents either the gaseous or liquid state of the substance. Initially, CO2 is present at the gaseous state indicated by point A. The gas is then heated at constant volume till its pressure increases to a value corresponding to the point H. It is then the point H.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Continuity Of State

It is then cooled at the same pressure until its volume decreases to a value corresponding to point D. But at point D, CO2 exists in its liquid state. Thus, gaseous CO2 is converted into liquid CO2 without any discontinuity because during this transition co-existence of gas and liquid phases does not occur. Hence, there exists a continuity of state during the transition from gas to liquid. The continuity of state is also found to exist during the transition from liquid to gas.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. 2 mol of a van der Waals gas at 27 °C occupies a volume of 20 L. What is the pressure of the gas? [a = 6.5 atm-L²-mol-2; b = 0.056 L-mol-1]
Answer:

Van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, n = 2 mol, V = 20L, T = (273 + 27) = 300 K, a=6.5 atm-L-2mol-2  and b = 0.056 L-mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}=\frac{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{(20-2 \times 0.056)}-\frac{(2)^2 \times 6.5}{(20)^2}
\)

= (2.477 -0.065)atm

= 2.412 atm

Question 2. A container with a volume of 5 L holds lOOg of CO at40°C. For CO2 gas, a =3.59 L2  -atm-mol2  and b = 4.27× 10-2  L mol-1  . Determine the pressure of CO2 gas. How much does this value differ from that calculated by using the ideal gas equation?
Answer:

Van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, V=5L, T= (273 + 40) =313K \(n=\frac{100}{44}=2.27 \mathrm{~mol}\)

a = 3.59 L2-atm-mol-2 & b = 4.27 x 10-2 L.mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{\left(5-2.27 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-2}\right)}-\frac{(2.27)^2 \times 3.59}{(5)^2}\)

=(11.9-0.74)atm = 11.16 atm

Substituting the given values of V, T and n in the ideal

gas equation PV = nRT we get,

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{5}=11.66 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ The pressure of CO2 obtained from the van der Waals equation is less than that calculated from the ideal gas equation by (11.66-11.16) = 0.50 atm.

Question 3. 2 mol of gas is kept in a 4-litre flask. The pressure of the gas at 300K is 11 atm. If the value of the gas is 0.05 L-mol_1, then determine the value by using the van der Waals equation
Answer:

Van derWaals equation for’n’ mol of areal gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, P = 11 atm, V = 4 L, T = 300 K, n = 2 mol, b = 0.05 L.mol-1

∴ \(\left[11+\frac{(2)^2 \times a}{(4 \mathrm{~L})^2}\right][4-2 \times 0.05]=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

or, (11 + 0.25 × a)(3.9) = 49.26 or, 11 + 0.25 × a = 12.63

∴ a= 6.52 L²-atm.mol-2

Liquid State

The liquid state is the intermediate state between the solid and gaseous states. Liquids have several properties similar to solids and gases. Like gases, liquids are isotropic. The molecules in a liquid are in continuous random motion.

So a liquid does not have a definite shape and flows like a gas. However, liquids maintain a fairly constant density like solids. Hence, liquids are incompressible like solids.

The molecules in a liquid remain ordered, somewhere between the molecular order of a solid and the molecular randomness of a gas. In liquids, the short-range ordered state extends up to a few molecular distances, whereas in solids, it extends to long-range order.

Properties Of Liquids

Shape Of A Liquid

Liquids do not have a definite shape; they take up the shape ofthe container in which they are kept.

Reason:

In liquids, the intermolecular forces of attraction are not strong enough to hold the molecules at fixed positions and thus allow them to move past one another. Hence, liquids do not have a definite shape.

Volume Of A liquid

Liquids have a definite volume. If some of the liquid is placed in a container of any shape (like a beaker, conical flask, test tube etc.), the volume of the liquid in the container will be exactly 10 mL. Like gases, liquids do not occupy the entire volume ofthe container.

Reason:

In liquids, molecules are always in motion but the movements are not as random as gas molecules. There exist stronger intermolecular forces of attraction in liquids compared to gases.

Due to this, molecules in a liquid are not widely separated from each other. Hence, liquid molecules are bound firmly but not rigidly and do not occupy the total volume ofthe container.

Density of a liquid

At ordinary temperature and pressure, the density of a liquid is much higher than that of a gas. On the other hand, the density of a substance in the liquid state is only about 10% lower than the tilting solid state.

Reason:

As the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in liquids than in gases the molecules are more closer to each other than the molecules in gases. This results in a little space between the molecules in liquids. This is why liquids are denser than gases.

Compressibility Of A Liquid

Liquids are much less compressible than gases. The change in the volume of liquid due to the application of pressure on it is found to be negligible.

Reason:

As the space between the molecules of liquid is very small, sufficient free space is not available for its compression. This is why the application of pressure on a liquid cannot reduce its volume appreciably.

Diffusion of a liquid

Molecules of both gases and liquids are always in random motion. Consequently, they move from one place to another. Hence, diffusion properties are shown in both gases and liquids. However, liquids diffuse very slowly compared to gases.

Reason:

As the intermolecular distances in liquids are smaller than those in gases, the molecules in a liquid suffer a large number of collisions when they move about, and hence take a longer time to move from one place to another. Hence, the diffusion of liquids occurs slowly.

Evaporation of a liquid

The gaseous state of a liquid is called its vapour. Evaporation is a process by which molecules of a liquid escape from the surface of the liquid into the gas phase. Drying of a floor after it is mopped, the gradual drying of damp clothes, the drying of water from the pond or lake in summer etc. are examples of evaporation.

Although evaporation is a slow process, some liquids have a higher rate of evaporation at ordinary temperatures. They are called volatile liquids. Ether, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, acetone etc. These are examples of volatile liquids. On the other hand, liquids that have a very low rate of evaporation are called non-volatile liquids. Glycerol, mercury etc. are some examples of volatile liquids.

Reason for evaporation:

During evaporation, the liquid molecules at the surface of a liquid leave the liquid and go into the gaseous phase.

  • The molecular interpretation of this phenomenon is as follows. Like gases, all the molecules in a liquid do not have the same kinetic energy.
  • In a liquid, there is a distribution of kinetic energies of the molecules as there is a gas, A molecule at the surface of a liquid leaves the liquid when it overcomes the forces of attraction of its neighbour.
  • To overcome the forces of attraction, the molecule needs to have a kinetic energy equal to or greater than a minimum kinetic energy.
  • Only those molecules at the surface of the liquid will leave the liquid and go to the vapour phase, which has kinetic energies greater than or equal to the minimum kinetic energy necessary for overcoming forces of attraction.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Distribution Of Kinetic Energy Of The Liquid Moleculues At Constant Temperature

This process in which molecules at the surface of a liquid escape and go to the vapour phase by overcoming the forces of attraction oftheir neighbours is called evaporation of liquid.

Evaporation causes cooling:

  • During evaporation, only the molecules having kinetic energies greater than the characteristic kinetic energy (£) escape from the liquid surface.
  • Therefore, the average kinetic energy of molecules left in the liquid decreases. As a result, the temperature of the liquid decreases.
  • Thus liquid cools down during its evaporation.

Factors affecting the rate of evaporation: Factors on which the evaporation of a liquid depends are as follows:

Nature of liquid:

The rate of evaporation of a liquid depends on intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid. This rate is slow for a liquid with a strong liquid with a weak force The strength of the intermolecular force of attraction In ethyl alcohol is weaker than that In water, but It is stronger than that in ether.

Consequently, at a given temperature, the evaporation of ethyl alcohol Is faster than that of water but slower than that of ether.

Temperature:

The rate of evaporation of a liquid Increases as temperature rises. With the temperature rise, the fraction of molecules having kinetic energy greater than characteristics kinetic energy (above which the liquid molecules can escape from the liquid surface) Increases. Therefore, the rate of evaporation increases with the temperature rise.

The surface area of the liquid:

The evaporation of a liquid occurs only from its surface. Therefore, the larger the surface area of a liquid, the greater the rate of Its evaporation.

The flow of air:

The rate of evaporation of a liquid increases when a current of air is blown across die surface of the liquid. The current of air carries away the molecules in the vapour phase of the liquid and prevents them from going back to a liquid state. This leads to faster evaporation ofthe liquid. This is why, wet clothes dry up faster when air blows rapidly.

Vapour pressure of a liquid

The evaporation of a liquid occurs from its surface at all temperatures. If a liquid is kept in a closed vessel, the vapours cannot escape from the vessel, and the vapour molecules are trapped in the space over the liquid surface.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Evaporation Of A Liquid In A Closed Vessel

The vapour molecules in the space of the vessel are always in random motion, so they collide with one another, with the walls ofthe container and with the liquid surface. Of the vapour molecules striking the liquid surface, those which have lower kinetic energies are recaptured by intermolecular forces of attraction in liquid.

This transfer of molecules from the vapour to the liquid phase is called condensation. Initially, the rate of condensation is slower than the rate of evaporation as the amount of vapour over a liquid surface is very small.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Rate of evaporation

Gradually, the amount of vapour increases over the surface of the liquid. With increasing the amount of vapour, the rate of condensation also increases as the number of gas molecules colliding with the surface of the liquid increases.

After a certain time, the rate of evaporation and the rate of condensation become equal and an equilibrium is established between the two opposite processes, viz., evaporation and condensation. At equilibrium, the amount of liquid and that of vapour become invariant with time.

The vapour that exists over the liquid surface at equilibrium is called saturated vapour because this is the maximum amount of vapour that can be present in the space over the liquid surface at the experimental temperature. The pressure exerted by the saturated vapour is called the saturated vapour pressure or simply the vapour pressure at that experimental temperature.

Vapour Pressure

At a given temperature, the pressure exerted by a vapour in equilibrium with its liquid is called the vapour pressure of the liquid at that temperature

At a definite temperature, the vapour pressure of a liquid is always constant. Factors affecting the vapour pressure of a liquid:

Nature of the liquid:

The vapour pressure of a liquid depends on its volatility.

  • The more volatile a liquid is, the higher the vapour pressure of the liquid. The volatility of a liquid depends on its rate of evaporation, which in turn depends on the intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid.
  • A volatile liquid possesses weak intermolecular attractions and has a high rate of evaporation, and hence high vapour pressure. Consequently, at a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of a volatile liquid is greater than that of a non-volatile liquid.
  • The rate of evaporation of diethyl ether, ethyl alcohol and water at a definite temperature follows the sequence—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water. Thus at a particular temperature, the order of their vapour pressures is—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water.

Temperature:

The vapour pressure of a liquid increases with the increase in temperature. Because, with the increase in temperature, more and more liquid molecules escape into the vapour phase, thereby increasing, the amount of vapour over the liquid surface. As a result, the vapour pressure ofthe liquid increase

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Variation Of Vapour Pressue With Temperature Of Some liquids

Boiling Of A Liquid

A liquid evaporates at any temperature. If the temperature of a liquid is increased gradually by applying heat, the rate of evaporation increases, and consequently the vapour pressure of the liquid also increases.

When the temperature of the liquid reaches a value at which the vapour pressure becomes equal to the external pressure, the bubbles of vapour are formed inside the liquid.

A very small (infinitesimal amount) increase in temperature will be sufficient for the bubbles of vapour to rise freely to the surface and escape into the air. This phenomenon is called the boiling of a liquid.

Boling Of A liquid:

Process vaporisation of a liquid is accompanied by the rapid formation and growth of bubbles of vapour that break outward through the surface of the liquid.

Boiling Point Of Liquid:

The Temperature at which the vsp[our pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure is termed as the boiling temperature or boiling of that liquid.

The normal Boiling point of a liquid:

The Temperature at which the vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the normal atmospheric pressure (1 atm) is termed the normal boiling point of that liquid.

For example, the normal boiling point of water is 100°C. This means that at 100°C, the vapour pressure of water becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure. Water under atmospheric pressure (1 atm) starts boiling at this temperature.

Effect of external pressure on the boiling point of a liquid:

The boiling point of a liquid can be altered by changing external pressure. The higher the external pressure, under which a liquid exists, the higher the boiling point of the liquid.

Explanation:

The vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure at its boiling point. If the external pressure is high, then it is necessary to heat a liquid at a higher temperature to make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure so that it can start boiling.

Conversely, if the external pressure is low, then heating a liquid at a lower temperature will make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure, thereby causing the liquid to boil.

Difference between boiling and evaporation:

Both boiling and evaporation involve the transformation of liquid into vapour. Although it would seem that evaporation and boiling might be the same process they differ in some respects.

The differences are as follows:

  • Evaporation occurs only at the surface of a liquid, whereas boiling involves the formation of bubbles inside the liquid.
  • Evaporation occurs slowly, whereas boiling occurs rapidly.
  • Evaporation occurs at any temperature, whereas boiling occurs at a specific temperature.
  • During evaporation, the temperature of liquid decreases, whereas during boiling the temperature of a liquid remains the same.

Surface Tension Of A Liquid

  • Molecular interpretation of surface tension: The molecules at the surface of a liquid are energetically different from the molecules in its bulk. Let us consider a molecule, ‘A’ inside the liquid.
  • The molecule ‘A’ is surrounded by other molecules and thus it is attracted equally from all sides by other molecules. So, die resultant force acting on ‘A’ is zero; that is, there is no unbalanced force acting upon’ A ‘.
  • Now consider a molecule ‘ B’ at the surface of the liquid. The molecules lying below it are in liquid state and above it are in the vapour state. The molecule ‘B’ is attracted by the molecules of both liquid and vapour.
  • However, as the density of vapour is much less than the density of the liquid, the number of molecules per unit volume of the liquid is much greater than that of vapour.

As a result, the molecule ‘B’ will experience a net downward force acting at right angles along the surface of the liquid.

  • Similarly, other surface molecules will also be attracted towards the bulk of the liquid.
  • Hence, work is to be done to bring a molecule from the bulk to the surface ofthe liquid against the downward force of attraction.
  • As a result, the potential energy of the surface molecule is increased.
  • Therefore, a molecule in the bulk has a lower potential energy than a molecule on the surface.
  • As the energy of the surface tension of the surface tension molecule is higher, the liquid will try to minimise the energy of the surface layer (surface energy) by decreasing its surface area to a minimum.

This tendency to reduce the surface area originates the concept of a new property of liquid known as surface tension.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Molecular Interpretation Of Surface Tension

Due to this property, the surface of a liquid always remains under tension. This is the molecular interpretation of the surface tension of the liquid.

If we imagine a line on the surface of the liquid,l then because of the tendency of ZZ to reduce surface area, the liquid surface on one side of the line tends to move away from the liquid surface on the other side of the line. As a result, tension acts along the imaginary line from both sides. This tension is termed surface tension.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids The Surface Tension Of Liquid

Surface Tension:

The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the force acting along the surface of the liquid at right angles to an imaginary line of unit length, drawn on the surface of the liquid.

The surface tension of a liquid is denoted by the symbol, γ (Gamma)

Units of surface tension:

Surface tension \(\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Length }} \text {; }\) So the units of surface tension in CGS system: dyn-cm-1 ; and in SI: N-m-

The surface energy of a liquid:

The surface of a liquid always remains under a state of tension. For this reason, the surface of a liquid tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.

Thus, it is necessary to do some work to increase the surface area against this tension. This work is ultimately stored on the surface of the liquid as potential energy. This potential energy is termed as the surface energy of a liquid.

The surface energy of a liquid Definition:

The Word Needed To Increase The Unit Area Of The Surface Of A Liquid At a Defined Temperature Is termed The Surface Energy Of That liquid.

Units of surface energy:

Surface energy \(=\frac{\text { Work }}{\text { Area }}\)

So, the unit of surface energy in the CGS system: is erg-cm-2 and in SI: J-m-2.

It can be proved that the magnitudes of surface tension and surface energy per unit area of a liquid are the same. Although the units of these two quantities are different, they are the same. The unit of surface tension in the SI system is N-m-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is J.m-2 But J-m-2 = N.m.m-2 = N-m-1.

∴ 1 N.m-1 = 1 J.m-2

The unit of surface tension in the CGS system is dyn-cm-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is erg-cm-2. But erg-cm-2 – dyn-cm-cm-2= dyncm-1

∴ 1 dyn-cm-1= lerg-cm-2

Alternative Definition Of Surface Tension:

The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the amount of work necessary to increase the surface area of the liquid by a unit amount at a constant temperature.

The surface tension of water at 20°C is 7.27 × 10-2 N-m-1. This means, that at 20°C, 7.27 × 10-2 work is needed to increase the surface area of water by m2.

Surface tension of a liquid and intermolecular force of attraction:

For a liquid with strong intermolecular forces of attraction, a great deal of work is required to bring molecules from the interior to the surface i.e., in increasing the surface area of the liquid. The potential energy of the surface molecules will thus be high for such type of liquid.

The surface tension of some common liquids at 20°C

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Surface Tension Of Some Common Liquids At 20c

Water has a very high surface tension among the commonly known liquids. Molecules in water remain associated through hydrogen bonds:

Because of this, the intermolecular forces of attraction in water are much stronger than in any other commonly known liquids.

The surface tension of mercury is much higher than that of water:

This is because mercury possesses metallic bonds, which are much stronger than hydrogen bonds. Factors affecting the surface tension of a liquid:

Temperature:

The surface tension of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. The average kinetic energy of the molecules In liquid Increases with the increase in temperature, causing the weakening of its intramolecular forces of attraction.

Consequently, the surface tension of the liquid decreases. At the critical temperature, the interface between a liquid and its vapour disappears, and the surface tension of the liquid becomes zero.

Presence of soluble substance in liquid:

  • The surface tension of a liquid varies according to the nature of the soluble substance present in it.
  • For example, soap detergents, methanol, ethanol etc. are the surface active agents. The addition of such substances to water lowers the surface tension of water. These types of substances prefer to concentrate at the surface.
  • The concentration of such a substance in its aqueous solution is found to be more at the surface than in the bulk.
  • This causes the surface tension of water to decrease to an appreciable extent. The aqueous solution of soap or detergent can spread like a thin layer due to its very surface tension.

Some typical phenomena related to surface tension:

The spherical shape of the free-falling liquid drop:

  • Due to the property of surface tension, the exposed liquid surface behaves like a sheet of rubber stretched on the top of a beaker and always tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.
  • Again, we know the sphere has a minimum surface area for a definite volume. So, in the absence of any external influence, a free liquid drop assumes a spherical shape.

Floating a clean oil-free needle on the surface of water:

  • When a clean oil-free needle is carefully placed horizontally onto the surface of water, it is found to be floating on the surface. This happens due to the surface tension of water.
  • The surface ofa liquid, due to the surface tension, always tends to be in a contracted state with a minimum space between the surface molecules. This makes the surface impervious to other molecules.
  • This is why a clean oil-free needle can float on the surface of water without sinking.

A water drop spreads over the clean glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface ofthe glass. But, if a small amount of mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it does not wet the glass surface; instead, it forms small beads:

The forces of attraction between the molecules of the same substance are called cohesive forces. The attractive forces acting between the molecules in water or mercury atoms in mercury are cohesive.

  • When a substance comes in contact with another substance, the molecules of these two substances attract each other at the surface of contact. The attractive forces between the molecules of different substances are called adhesive forces.
  • When water is in contact with a glass surface, the attractive forces between the molecules of water and glass are the adhesive forces. The adhesive forces between the molecules of water and glass are stronger compared to the cohesive forces in water.
  • Or in glass. For this reason, a water drop spreads over the glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface of the glass. On the other hand, adhesive forces between the molecules of glass and mercury are weaker in comparison to the cohesive forces in mercury or water.
  • For this reason, if mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it forms small beads on the glass surface instead of wetting the glass.

Capillarity or capillary action:

A tube with a very small internal diameter is called a capillary tube.

  • If a capillary tube is dipped into a liquid that wets glass, for example, water, the liquid rises spontaneously in the capillary tube to a certain height.
  • This phenomenon is known as capillary action. Surface tension is responsible for this phenomenon.
  • The surface of any liquid when kept in a container acquires a curved shape called a meniscus.
  • When a capillary tube is partially immersed in a liquid-like water (that wets the glass surface), the water level inside the tube is found to be higher than that outside the tube.
  • Also, the meniscus of water is concave.
  • The opposite phenomenon occurs in the case of liquids (For example: mercury) that do not wet glass surfaces.

The mercury level inside the capillary tube resides at a lower level than the level outside the tube. The meniscus of mercury is of convex nature.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Capillarity Or Capillary Action

The forces of adhesion between the glass surface and water are stronger than the forces of cohesion in water or glass.

  • To put it another way, water molecules are attracted to the glass surface more strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, water rises in the capillary tube and the surface becomes concave.
  • On the other hand, the forces of adhesion between glass surface and mercury are weaker than the forces of cohesion in mercury or glass.
  • In other words, mercury atoms are attracted to the glass surface less strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, the mercury surface becomes convex.

Viscosity of a liquid

If a liquid flows in such a manner that its velocity at any point always remains constant in magnitude and direction, then the flow is called streamline flow. Streamline flow generally occurs when the velocity of a liquid is low.

  • When a liquid flows slowly and steadily along a tube i.e., when the flow is streamlined, the liquid can be considered to be made up of stratified layers.
  • Among the layers, the layer ofthe liquid in immediate contact with the surface is stationary due to adhesion. The highest velocities are observed in the middle of the tube along its axis. The velocity diminishes as we approach the walls.
  • Now, consider two adjacent layers B and C. The layer C is moving with a higher velocity than the layer B because the former is above the latter.
  • Because of its higher velocity, layer C tends to increase the velocity of the adjacent lower layer B. Similarly, the slower-moving layer B tends to decrease the velocity of the adjacent upper layer C.

These two layers thus tend to destroy their relative emotions. This means that a dragging force acts on the layers in the backward direction. This force is called viscous force, which arises due to cohesion. The viscous force has a similarity with the frictional force so it is also often called the force of internal friction.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Streamline Flow Of Liquid

Viscous force resists the flow of a liquid and ultimately stops it. An equal and opposite force ofthe viscous force is to be applied to maintain the flow of the liquid with a constant velocity. If the liquid remains stagnant then viscous force does not act upon it.

Viscosity:

  • The viscosity of a liquid is the property of the liquid that resists the flow of the liquid. It is a measure of the ease with which a liquid flows.
  • Different liquids have different values of viscosity. The higher the viscosity of a liquid, the lower its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like glycerin, honey, castor oil etc. are high, and hence their flow rates are low.
  • On the other hand, the lower the viscosity of a liquid, the higher its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like water, alcohol, ether etc. are low, resulting in high flow rates of these liquids.

Coefficient of viscosity:

Consider a liquid which is flowing steadily and slowly over a flat horizontal surface (streamline flow). The layer just next to the solid surface is at rest due to adhesion.

  • With increasing the distances of the layers from the solid surface, the velocities of the layers also increase.
  • Let us consider, two layers C and D having velocities v and v + dv, respectively. The distances of these two layers

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 5 States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Velocity Gradient

from the solid surface are x and x + dx respectively.  So, the velocity gradient i.e., the rate of change in velocity along the x-axis (axis perpendicular to the flow of liquid) is

⇒  \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\) direction opposite to the direction of flow. To maintain the flow, an equal and opposite force to the viscous force is to be applied from outside.

According to Newton’s law of viscous flow, the value of the viscous force (F) is proportional to O the area of the surface in contact (A) and the velocity gradient

⇒ \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\)

Therefore \(F \propto A \text { and } F \propto \frac{d v}{d x}\)

∴ \(F \propto A \frac{d v}{d x} \text { or, } F=\eta \times A \times \frac{d v}{d x}\)

Where n (eta) is the proportionality constant called the viscosity coefficient. The value of TJ depends upon the temperature and nature of the liquid.

If A =1 and \(\frac{d v}{d x}=1\) Then according to equation F=n

Viscosity Coefficient: It is the tangential force applied per unit area to maintain a unit velocity gradient between two parallel layers at a constant temperature

Liquids with high viscosity have high values of viscosity coefficients (for example, glycerin, oil, honey etc.). Similarly, liquids with low viscosity have low viscosity coefficients (for example, water, alcohol etc.)

Units of viscosity coefficient:

In the CGS system:

The CGS unit of viscosity coefficient is poise (after the name of the French scientist Poiseuille). From equation [1], we get,

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\text { dyn }}{\mathrm{cm}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~cm}}}=\text { dyn } \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-2}\)

1 poise =1 dyn.s.cm-2

Poise:

The force in dyne required per 1cm2 area to maintain a velocity difference of 1 cm.s-1 between two parallel layers of a liquid, separated by 1 cm is called 1 poise.

The viscosity coefficients are also expressed in some smaller units like centipoise, millipoise, micropoise etc.

1 centipoise = 10-2 poise,1 millipore = 10-3 poise, 1 microphone = 10-6poise

In the SI system:

The SI unit of viscosity coefficient is poiseuille (PI) From equation [1] we get

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~m}}}=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}=\mathrm{Pa} \cdot \mathrm{s}\)

Since 1 N-m-2 = 1 Pa

Since 1 poiseuille or 1 PI =1 N s m-2 = 1 Pa s

1 poise = lady-s-cm-2 = 10-5N-s × (10-2m)-2

= 0.1 N-s-m-2 = 0.1 PI

∴ 1 PI = 10 poise

Factors that influence the viscosity of a liquid:

Intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid:

Viscosity is the property of a liquid that originates from its intermolecular forces of attraction. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction, the higher the viscosity of a liquid.

Example:

At a constant temperature, the viscosity coefficient of ethyl alcohol is greater than that of dimethyl ether. In dimethyl ether, molecules experience dipole-dipole attractive forces in addition to London forces.

In ethanol, molecules form hydrogen bonds. London forces also exist between the molecules in ethanol.

Attractive forces due to hydrogen bonding are much stronger than dipole-dipole attractive forces. So, intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in ethanol than those in dimethyl ether. This results in a higher value of coefficient of viscosity for ethanol compared to dimethyl ether.

Temperature:

With the increase in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in a liquid increases, this causes the weakening of its intermolecular forces of attraction which are responsible for the viscosity of the liquid.

For this reason, the viscosity of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. Experimentally, it has been found that the viscosity of a liquid decreases approximately by 2% for a 1° rise in temperature.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Numerical Examples

Question 1. At 10-3 mm pressure and 300K, a 2L flask contains equal numbers of moles of N2 and water vapour, What is the total number of moles of N2 and water vapour in the mixture? What is the total mass ofthe mixture?
Answer:

⇒  \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(10^{-3} / 760\right) \times 2}{0.0821 \times 300}=1.06 \times 10^{-7} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{N}_2}=n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{n}{2}=\frac{1.06 \times 10^{-7}}{2}=5.3 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Total Mass \(m_{\mathrm{N}_2}+m_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}\)

⇒ \(=\left(5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 28+5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 18\right) \mathrm{g}=2.44 \times 10^{-6} \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 2. At constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, an ideal gas occupies a volume of 3.25m3. Calculate the final pressure of the gas in the units of atm, torr and Pa if its volume is reduced to 1.25m2 while its temperature is kept constant.
Answer:

⇒ \(P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}=\frac{1 \times 3.25}{1.25}=2.6 \mathrm{~atm}\)

= \(2.6 \times 760 \mathrm{torr}=1.976 \times 10^3 \mathrm{torr}=2.633 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}\)

Question 3. The density of a gas at 27°C and 1 atm is 15g-mL-1.At what temperature, will the density of that gas be 10g-mL-1, at the same pressure?
Answer:

⇒ \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text { or, } T_2\)

= \(\frac{d_1}{d_2} \times T_1=\frac{15}{10} \times 300=450 \mathrm{~K} \text {; }\)

∴ t= 177°C

Question 4. The density of a gas at 30°C and 1.3 atm pressure is 0.027 g- mL-1. What is the molar mass ofthe gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T} \text { or, } M=\frac{d R T}{P}\)

=\(\frac{0.027 \times 0.0821 \times 10^3 \times 303}{1.3}\)

= \(516.6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 5. 0.0286 g of a gas at 25°C and 76 cm pressure occupies a volume of 50 cm³. What is the molar mass of the gas?
Answer:

M = \(\frac{g R T}{P V}=\frac{0.0286 \times 0.0821 \times 298}{1 \times 50 \times 10^{-3}}\)

= \( 14 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 6. The density of a gas at -135°C and 50.66 atm pressure is 2g- cm-3. What is the density ofthe gas at STP?
Answer:

⇒ \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\left(\frac{P_2}{P_1}\right) \times\left(\frac{T_1}{T_2}\right)\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } d_2=2 \times \frac{1}{50.66} \times \frac{138}{273}=0.02 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}\)

Question 7. A gaseous mixture contains 336 cm3 of H2 and 224 cm3 of HE at STP. The mixture shows a pressure of 2 atm when it is kept in a container at 27°C. Calculate the volume of the gas.
Answer:

⇒\(\text { At STP, } 336 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \equiv \frac{336}{22400} \equiv 0.015 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { and }\)

⇒ \(224 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{He} \equiv \frac{224}{22400} \equiv 0.01 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{He} \text {. }\)

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=(0.015+0.01) \times \frac{0.0821 \times 300}{2}=307.8 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 8. At 100°C a 2-litre flask contains 0.4 g of O2 and 0.6 g of H2. What is the total pressure of this gas mixture in the flask?
Answer:

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{\left(\frac{0.4}{32}+\frac{0.6}{2}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 373}{2}=4.78 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 9. 1.0 g of benzene is burnt completely in the presence of 4.0 g O2 in a completely evacuated bomb calorimeter of volume 1L. What is the pressure inside the bomb at 30°C, if the volume and pressure of water vapour produced are neglected?
Answer:

lg of benzene \(=\frac{1}{78}\) 0.0128 mol of benzene

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

=\(\frac{4}{32}=0.125 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \longrightarrow 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) 0.0128 \mathrm{~mol} \frac{15}{2} \times 0.0128 6 \times 0.0128\)

= \(0.096 \mathrm{~mol}=0.0768 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Total number of moles of CO2 produced and O2 remained = (0.0768 + (0.125- 0.096)

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.1058 \times 0.0821 \times 303}{1}=2.63 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 10. A closed vessel of fixed volume is filled with 3.2 g O2 at a pressure of P atm and a temperature of Tk. The containers were then heated to a temperature of (T+ 30)K. To maintain the pressure of P atm inside the container at (T+30)K, a certain amount of gas is removed from the container. The gas removed is found to have a volume of 246mL at atm and 27°C. Calculate T.
Answer:

Suppose the number of moles Of O2 removed = n1 mol

∴ \(n_1=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 246 \times 10^{-3}}{0.0821 \times 300}=9.98 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}\)

The number of moles of oxygen that remained in the container

⇒ \(\left(n_2\right)=\left(\frac{3.2}{32}-9.98 \times 10^{-3}\right)\mathrm{mol}=0.09 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Initial state: PV = NRT \(=\frac{3.2}{32} R T=0.1 R T\)

Final state: PV = n2RT = 0.09 X R(T+ 30)

∴ 0.17TT = 0.09 x R(T+ 30); hence, T = 270K

Question 11. The temperature of an ideal gas is 340K. The gas is heated to a temperature at constant pressure. As a result, its volume increases by 18%. What is the final temperature of the gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(\frac{V_2}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \text { or, } \frac{(1.18) V_1}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{340} ; \text { hence, } T_2=401.2 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 12. What is the density of air at STP? Assume that air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by masses.
Answer:

Average molar masses are –

⇒ \(\frac{28 \times 78+32 \times 22}{100}=28.88 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

d= \(\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 28.88}{0.0821 \times 273} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=1.288 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

Question 13. At 100°C and 1 atm pressure, the densities of water and water vapour are 1.0 g-mL-1 and 0.0006 g-mL-1 respectively. What is the total volume of water molecules in a litre of steam at 100°C?
Answer:

Mass of1L of steam = 1000 × 0.0006 g = 0.6 g

Amount of water in 1L of steam = 0.6 g

The volume of water in 1 L of steam

Question 14. The volume of 0.44 g of a colourless oxide of N2 is 224 mL at 273°C and 1530 mm pressure. What is the compound?
Answer:

PV = \(\frac{g}{M} R T\)

Or,M =\(\frac{g R T}{P V}\)

= \(=\frac{0.44 \times 0.0821 \times 546}{\left(\frac{1530}{760}\right) \times 224 \times 10^{-3}}\) 44g.mol-1

The expected compound is N2O.

Question 15. A spherical balloon is filled with air at 2 atm pressure. What pressure is to be exerted on the balloon from the outside so that its diameter will be reduced to half of its initial diameter?
Answer:

⇒ \(\text { Initial state, } 2 \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=n R T \text {; }\)

⇒ \(\text { Final state: } P \times \frac{4}{3} \pi\left(\frac{r}{2}\right)^3=n R T[r=\text { radius of the balloon }]\)

∴ \(P V=n R T ; P \times \frac{1}{8}=2 \text { or, } P=16 \text { atm }\)

Question 16. If 3.2 g of sulphur is heated to a temperature, the sulphur vapour produced occupies a volume of 780 mL at 723 mm pressure and 450°C. What is the molecular formula of sulphur at this state?
Answer:

Let the molecular formula of sulphur is SX.

∴ \(3.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of sulphur }=\frac{3.2}{32 \times x}=\frac{1}{10 x} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of sulphur }\)

PV=nRT

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{723}{760} \times 780 \times 10^{-3}=\frac{1}{10 \times x} \times 0.0821 \times(450+273)\)

∴ The molecular formula of sulphur = Sb.

Question 17. Determine partial pressures of O2 and N2 in air at 0°C and 760 mm Hg pressure. Air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by volume.
Answer:

Mole fraction of

⇒  \(\mathrm{N}_2\left(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right)=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total volume }}=\frac{78}{100}\)

= 0.78

Similarly, mole-fraction of  O2(XO2 ) \(\frac{22}{100}=0.22\)

PN2 = XN2 × P = 0.78  ×  760mm

Hg = 592.8 mm Hg

PO2 = XO2 ×  P = 0.22 ×760mm

Hg = 167.2 mm Hg

Question 18. 200 cm3 of N2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. At this temperature, aqueous tension is 14.20 mm. What is the mass of N2 gas collected?
Answer:

PO2  = (730- 14.200mm Hg

Hg = 0.9418 atm

⇒  \( p_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{N}_2} \)

= \(n R T \text { or, } 0.9418 \times 0.2=\frac{w}{28} \times 0.0821 \times 293\)

∴ w = 0.219 g

Question 19. 0.5 g O2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. If aqueous tension at that temperature is 14.20 mm, what is the volume of O2 gas collected?
Answer:

⇒  \(p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=(730-14.20) \mathrm{mm} \mathrm{Hg}=0.9418 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒\(p_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=n R T\)

Or, \(0.9418 \times V_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

= \(\frac{0.5}{32} \times 0.0821 \times 293\)

∴ \(V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=0.399 \mathrm{~L}\)

= 399cc

Question 20. A vessel contains equal masses of CH4 and H2 gas at 25°C. What part of the total pressure inside the vessel is equal to the partial pressure of H2 gas?
Answer:⇒ 

⇒  \(W_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=W_{\mathrm{H}_2}=W ;\)

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{W}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{W}{2} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\text { Total mol, } n=\left(\frac{W}{16}+\frac{W}{2}\right) \mathrm{mol}=\frac{9 W}{16} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Question 21. 8g O2 and some quantity of CO2 are introduced at 30°C into an empty flask of volume 10L. If the total pressure of the gas, the mixture in the flask is 1520 mm. Find the amount of CO2 gas taken.
Answer:

⇒ \(P V=n R T \text { or, } \frac{1520}{760} \times 10=\left(\frac{8}{32}+\frac{W}{44}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ W= 24.72 g

Question 22. Partial pressures of the component gases in a gas mixture are H2 = 300 mm; CH4 – 150 mm; N2 = 250 mm. What is the percentage of N2 gas by volume in the mixture?
Answer:

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total pressure }}=\frac{250}{300+150+250}=0.3571\)

The volume per cent of N2 in the mixture = Mole-fraction of N2 in the mixture ×100

= 35.71%

Question 23. At constant temperature, 2L of N2 gas at 750 mm Hg pressure is mixed with 3L of O2 gas. As a result, the pressure and volume ofthe gas mixture are found to be 732 mm Hg and 5L respectively. What is the initial pressure of O2 gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(P_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T\) : \(\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T\)

⇒ \(750 \times 2=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T\) : \(P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T\)

In mixture:

⇒ \(P V=n R T=\left(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}+n_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right) R T=P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3+750 \times 2\)

⇒ \(732 \times 5=P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3+1500\)

∴ \(P_{\mathrm{O}_2}=720 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

Question 24. The respective mole fractions of N2 and O2 in dry air are 0.78 and 0.21. If the atmospheric pressure and temperature are 740 torr and 20°C respectively, then what will be the mass of N2 and O2 present in a room of volume 3000ft3? (Assuming the relative humidity of the air as zero)
Answer:

⇒ \(p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=0.78 \times 740 \text { torr }=0.78 \times \frac{740}{760}=0.76 \mathrm{~atm}\)

3000 ft³ = 3000 ×  (30.48)3 [since ft = 30.48 cm]

= 84.95 ×106 cc = 84.95 × 103L

∴ PN2 × V= nN2 ×RT

or, 0.76 × 84.95 × 10³ = N × 0.0821 × (273 + 20)

Or, nN2= 2.683 × 10³ mol

∴ Mass of N2 = 2.683×10³ × 28g = 75.149 kg In calculation, it can be shown that mass of O2 = 23.107 kg

Question 25. 300 cm3 of H2 gas diffuses through a fine orifice in 1 minute. At the same temperature and pressure, what volume of CO2 gas will diffuse through the same orifice in 1 minute?
Answer:

⇒ \(\frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{44}{2}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{22}} \times 300 \mathrm{~cm}^3=63.96 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 26. At constant temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion of two gases A and B are in the ratio of 1: 2. In a mixture of A and B gases mass ratio of A and B is 2:1, so find the mole fraction ratio of A and B in the mixture.
Answer:

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{1}{2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } M_A=4 M_B\)

⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_A}{\mathrm{~W}_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A \times M_A}{n_B \times M_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2} \text {; }\)

∴ \(\frac{x_A}{x_B}=\frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 27. The average velocity of the molecules of a gas is 400m- s-1. At the same temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules?
Answer:

⇒ \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}} \quad c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}} \times 400=434.05 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Question 28. At a constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, the density of O2 gas is 0.0081 g- mL-1. At the same temperature, calculate the average velocity, root mean square velocity and most probable velocity of O2 molecules.
Answer:

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 76 \times 13.6 \times .981}{0.0081}}=1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

⇒ \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} c_{r m s}\)

= \(\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

= \( 1.785 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}=1.581 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 29. A certain gas of mass 6.431 g occupies a volume of 5 L at a definite temperature and 750 mm pressure. At the temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules of that gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(P V=n R T=\frac{W}{M} R T \text { or, } \frac{R T}{M}=\frac{P V}{\mathrm{~W}}=\frac{750}{760} \times 5 \times \frac{1}{6.431} \mathrm{~g}^{-1}\)

= 0.7672 L-atm.g-1

= 0.7672 ×103 ×  1.013 × 106 cm 2.s-2

[since 1 atm = 1.013 × 106g-cm-1-s-2]

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{3 \times 0.7672 \times 1.013 \times 10^9} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 30. What is the ratio of average velocity and root mean square velocity ofthe molecules of a gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(c_e=\sqrt{\frac{B R T}{\pi M}}, c_{m m}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_a}{c_{m s}}=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}}=0.9215\)

Question 31. At what temperature will the rms velocity of S02 molecules be equal to the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 25°C?
Answer:

⇒  \(c_{\mathrm{rm}}\left(\mathrm{SO}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{64}}, c_{\mathrm{mav}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times 298}{32}}\)

∴ 7= 596K ie.,t = 323

=C

Question 32. Show that the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 50°C is not equal to the rms velocity of N2 molecules at 25°C.
Answer:

⇒ \(c_{\mathrm{rms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273+50)}{32}}\)

⇒  \(c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{~N}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273 \div 25)}{28}}\)

∴ \(c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2 \text { at } 50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)\)

Question 33. The average kinetic energy of the atom of Hg vapour is 1000 cal-mol-1. What will be the value of its rms velocity? [Hg = 200]
Answer:

E =  \(\frac{3}{2} R T\)

=\(1000 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

=\(1000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

∴ 3RT = 2000 × 4.157 ×107g.cm2.s-2.mol-1

ns =  \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7}{200}} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

=2.04 × 104 cm/s

Question 34. In a container of volume 1L, there are 1023 gas molecules, each of which has a mass of 10-22g. At a certain temperature, if the rms velocity of these molecules is 105cm.s-1, then what would be the pressure at the temperature inside the container?
Answer:

P V = \(\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2\)

Or, \(P \times 1000\)

=\(\frac{1}{3} \times 10^{-22} \times 10^{23} \times\left(10^5\right)^2\)

∴ P = 3.33× 1010 g.cm-1.s2

= 3.33 × 1010 dyne = 32.87 atm

Question 35. At a constant temperature, a vessel of 1-litre capacity contains 1023 N2 molecules. If the rms velocity of the molecules is 103m/s, then determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules and the temperature ofthe gas.
Answer:

Average kinetic energy per molecule

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{28}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times\left(10^3\right)^2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}\)

= 2.324 × 1017g-m2-s-2

= 2.324 × 1020 J

Average kinetic energy per molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times T=2.324 \times 10^{-20} ; T=1122.6 \mathrm{~K}\)

Total kinetic energy of 1023 molecules

Question 36. At 0°C the kinetic energy of 102 molecules is 5.62 x 10-14 erg. Determine Avogadro’s number.
Answer:

⇒  \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{3}{2} K T=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{R}{N_A} \times T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 5.62 \times 10^{-14}=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314 \times 10^7}{N_A} \times 273 \text {; }\)

∴ NA= 6.058 ×1023

Question 37. The volume of 2 moles of SO2 at 30°C and 55 atm pressure is 680 mL. What is the value of the compressibility factor of the gas? What is the nature of the deviation of the gas from ideal behaviour?
Answer:

⇒   \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{55 \times 680 \times 10^{-3}}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 303}\)

= 0.7517

As Z < 1, the gas shows a negative deviation from ideal behaviour.

Question 38. The compressibility factor of a real gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.927. At this temperature and pressure, how much of this real gas is required to fill a vessel of 100L [molar mass =40g-mol-1?
Answer:

⇒ \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \text { or, } 0.927=\frac{100 \times 100}{n \times 0.0821 \times 273}\)

∴ n = 481.298mol

∴ Amount of gas required =481.298 × 40g = 19.2519kg

Question 39. For a van der Waals gas, b = 5.0 x 10-2 L-mol-1. What is the diameter of a molecule of this gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(b=4 N_A \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

⇒ \(5 \times 10^{-2} \times 1000 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

= \(4 \times 6.023 \times 10^{23} \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

r = \(1.705 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ Diameter of a molecule = 3.41 × 10-8 cm

Question 40. The volume of 2 moles of CO2 gas at 27°C is 0.001 m3. What will be the pressure of this gas According to the van der Waals equation and ideal gas equation? [Given a(CO2 ) =0.364 N.m4.mol-2 and b(CO2) = 4.27 × 10-5 m3.mol-1 ]
Answer:

1.   \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n \dot{b})=n R T\)

Or,\(\text { or, }\left(P+\frac{2^2 \times 0.364 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4}{10^{-6} \mathrm{~m}^6}\right)\left(10^{-3}-2 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-5}\right) \mathrm{m}^3\)

= 2 × 0.0821 × 300 L-atm

Or, (P + 1.456 × 106N-m-2)(9.146 ×10 m3)

= 2 × 0.0821 × 300 × 10-3 m3-atm

or, P+ 1.456 ×  106 ×  10-5atm = 53.859 atm

P = 39.299 atm

2. PV = nRT

Or, P = \(\frac{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{0.001 \mathrm{~m}^3} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm}\)

= \(49260 \frac{\mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{atm}}{\mathrm{m}^3}=\)

=49.26 atm

Question 41. The equation of state for 1 the mole of a gas is (V-b) = RT. At STP, 1 mole of this gas occupies a volume of 28L. Calculate the compressibility factor ofthe gas at STP.
Answer:

Z= \(\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{1 \times 28}{1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}=1.249\)

Question 42. The compressibility factor of 2 mol of NH3 gas at 27°C and 9.18 atm pressure is 0.931. If the volume of the gas molecules is not taken into consideration, then what is the value of van der Waals constant ‘a’ for NH3 gas?
Answer:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right) V=n R T \text { or, } P V=n R T-\frac{n^2 a}{V}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V}{n R T}=1-\frac{n a}{V R T} \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{n a}{V R T}=1-\frac{2 \times a}{V R T}\)

⇒ \(\text { again, } \quad Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \quad \text { or, } \quad 0.931=\frac{9.18 \times V}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

∴ V= 4.991

∴ 0.931 \(=1-\frac{2 \times a}{4.99 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

a= 4.2412.atm.mol¯²

Question 43. The pressure exerted by 12g of an ideal gas at t°C in a vessel of volume VL is late. When the temperature is increased by 10°C at the same volume, the pressure increases by 10%. Calculate the temperature ‘f and volume V (molar mass of gas = 120).
Answer:

⇒ \(12 \mathrm{~g} \text { of the gas }=\frac{12}{120}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of the gas }\)

Given that the initial pressure of the gas, P = 1 atm and its initial temperature, T = (273 + t)K

By applying ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we get 1×V = 1 × 0.0821 × (273 + t)………………….(1)

It is given, the final pressure of the gas, \(P=\left(1+\frac{10}{100} \times 1\right)\)

1.1 atm

and its final temperature = (273 + 1 + 10)K = (283+)K

By applying the gas equation, PV = nRT, we get

1.1 × V = 1 × 0.0821 × (283 + t) ………………….(2)

From the equations (1) and (2), we have

1.1 × 0.0821 × (273)+= 1 × 0.0821 × (283 + t)

or, 1.1(273 + t) = 283 + t

∴ t = -173; So, the value off = -173°C

Putting t = -173 in equation [1] (or in equation (2),

We have, V = 1 × 0.0821(273-173) = 0.821L

Question 44. An open vessel contains air at 27°C. At what temperature should the vessel be heated so that l/4th of air escapes from the vessel? Assume that volume ofthe vessel remains the same on heating.
Answer:

Initial temperature of air = (273 + 27)K = 300K.

Let the amount of air in the vessel at 27°C = x mol.

Suppose, the vessel is heated to a temperature of T1K so that 1 /4 th of air escapes from the vessel.

So, the amount of air in the vessel at,\(T_1 K=x-\frac{x}{4}=\frac{3}{4} x\)

Since the vessel is open, the pressure of air in the vessel either at 300K or at TK is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e., 1 atm.

Again, the volume of the vessel does not change because of heating. Therefore, at temperature 300K.

⇒ \(x \times 0.0821 \times 300=\frac{3}{4} x \times 0.0821 \times T_1 \text { or, } T_1=400 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 45. A container of fixed volume 0.4L contains 0.56g of gas at 27°C. The pressure of the gas at this temperature is 936 mmHg. If the amount ofthe gas is increased to 2.1g and its temperature is decreased to 17°C, then what will be the pressure of the gas? Assuming gas behaves ideally.
Answer:

Suppose, the molar mass of the gas =M g- mol-1

So, 0.56g of the gas \(=\frac{0.56}{M}\) mol of the gas

At the initial state

⇒  \(P=\frac{936}{760}=1.23 \mathrm{~atm}, n=\frac{0.56}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text {, }\)

V=0.41

And T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

Substituting the values of P, n, V and T in the Ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we have

⇒ \(1.23 \times 0.4=\frac{0.56}{M} \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ molar mass of the gas = 28g. mol-1

Question 46. A cylinder capable of holding 3L water contains H2 gas at 27°C and a pressure of atm. At STP, it is possible to fill up 10 balloons, each of which has a radius of 10cm, with the gas present in the cylinder. Find the value of P.
Answer:

The volume of each balloon

⇒ \(\frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{r}^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi(10 \mathrm{~cm})^3=4.19 \mathrm{~L} .\)

As the cylinder can hold 31. of water, the US volume Is 31. The volume of H0 gas required to 1111 up 10 balloons 10 × 4.19 = 41.9L.

At STP, If the volume of H2 gas present in the cylinder is

⇒  \(V ., \text { then } \frac{1 \times V}{273}=\frac{P \times 3}{300} \text { or, } V=\frac{273 \times 3}{300} P=2.73 P\)

Even after the balloons have been filled up with 11, gas, the cylinder, still contains H gas of its volume. So, the volume of H2 gas = (2.73P- 3)L

∴ 2.73p- 3 = 41.9 or, P = 16.44

Question 47. At room temperature, 2NO + O2→2NO2 → N2O4 reaction proceeds near completion. The dimer, N2O4, solidifies at 262K. A 250 mL flask and a 100 mL flask are separated by a stop-cock. At 300K, nitric oxide in the longer flask exerts a pressure of 1.053 atm and the smaller one contains oxygen at 0.789 atm.

The gases are mixed by opening the stopcock and after the end of the reaction, the flasks are cooled to 220K. Neglecting the vapour pressure of the dimer, find out the pressure and composition ofthe gas remaining at 220K (assume that the gases behave ideally).
Answer:

Number of moles of NO2 gas lit 250ml, flask

⇒ \(\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1.053 \times 0.25}{0.0821 \times 300}=0.01 \mathrm{~mol}\)

And that of O., in 100ml. flask, \(=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.789 \times 0.1}{0.0821 \times 300}=3.2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

Reaction: 2NO + O2→2NO2

Thus 1 mol of O2 gns completely reacts with 2 mol of NO gns.

Therefore, 3.2 × 10-3 mol 0f O2 guns will react with

2 × 3.2 × 10-3 = 6 4 ×10-3mol if NO2

After the completion of the reaction number of moles of NO left the reaction system = (0.01 – 6.4 × 10-3 )

3.6 × 10-3mol

The total volume of the reaction system = (0.25 + 0.25)L = 0.351.

If the pressure of NO gas left in the reaction system is then P × 0.35 m 3.6 × 10-3× 0.0821 × 220 P= 0.185 atm.

Question 48. An LPG cylinder weighs 18.4kg when empty when full, it weighs 29.0 Kg and shows a pressure of 2.5 atm. In the course of 27°C, the mass of the full cylinder is reduced to 23.2 Kg. Find out the volume of the gas in cubic meters used up at the normal usage conditions, and the final pressure inside the cylinder. Assume LPG to be n-butane with a normal boiling point of 0°C.
Answer:

Mass of the gas in full cylinder=(29.0 – 18.4) kg – 10,6 kg Mass of the gas after some of is used up =- (23.2 – 18.4) 4.8kg

Mass ofthe gas used up = (10.6 – 4,8) = 5,8 kg. So, 5.8kg of gas = 5.8 kg of n-butane

⇒ \(\frac{5.8 \times 10^3}{58}=100\)

mol of H-butane [molar mass of-butane 58 g- mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{100 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=24631 .\)

[at normal usage condition, P 1 atm)

Therefore, the volume of used gas at normal usage conditions = 24631. = 2.463m3 since =10-nm³]

In the cylinder, LPG exists In a liquid state which remains in equilibrium with its vapour.

So long as LPG exists in a liquid state in the cylinder, the pressure in the cylinder remains fixed. So, the pressure of the remaining gas in the cylinder will be 2.5 atm.

Question 49. An evacuated vessel weighs 50.0g when empty, 148 when filled with a liquid (d = 0.98 g-mL-1) & 50g when filled with an ideal gas at 760 mmHg at 300K. Determine the molar mass of the gas.
Answer:

Mass of the evacuated vessel = 50.0g.

Mass of the vessel when filled with a liquid of density O.98gml-1= 148g

∴ Volume of 98g of liquid \(=\frac{98}{0.98}=100 \mathrm{~mL}=0.1 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 50. A gas mixture composed of N2 and O2 gases has a density of 1.17 g-L-1. At 27°C and 1 atm pressure. Calculate the mass percents of N2 and O2 in the mixture. Assume that the gas mixture behaves like an ideal gas.
Answer: Given:

P = 1 atm and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

∴ \(M=\frac{d R T}{P}=\frac{1.17 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=28.8 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The average molar mass of the gas mixture = 28.8 g.mol-1.

In the mixture, if the mole-fraction of N2 is x, then the mole-fraction of O2 is (1-x).

∴ M = 28.8g-mol-1.

= [28 × x+32(1 -x)] g-mol-1

Or, 4x = 32 – 28.8;

Hence, x = 0.8

Mole-fraction of N2 = 0.8

And that of O2 = 1- 0.8

= 0.2.

Mass per cent of

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2=\frac{0.8 \times 28}{0.8 \times 28+0.2 \times 32} \times 100=77.77 \%\)

And mass present 6 Of O2 = (100-77.77)%

= 22.23%

Question 51. One mole of nitrogen gas at 0.8 atm takes 38s to diffuse through a pin-hole, whereas one mole of an unknown compound of xenon with fluorine at 1.6 atm takes 57s to diffuse through the same hole. Determine the molecular formula ofthe compound.
Answer:

At a given temperature and a pressure of P, the rate of diffusion of a gas \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\)

M= molar mass of the gas] If the rates of diffusion of N2 and the unknown gas are r and r.) respectively, then

⇒ \(r_2 \propto \frac{P_2}{\sqrt{M_{\text {compound }}}} \text { and } r_1 \propto \frac{P_1}{\sqrt{M_{N_2}}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_1}{p_2} \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{M_{N_2}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { Given that } r_1=\frac{1}{38} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, r_2=\frac{1}{57} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1} \text {, }\)

p1 = 0.8 atm and p2 = 1.6 atm

∴ \(\frac{\frac{1}{38}}{\frac{1}{57}}=\frac{0.8}{1.6} \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}} \text { or, } \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}}=3\)

∴ M compound = 3 ×  28 = 252g. mol-1

Let the molecular formula of the compound = XeFx

∴ 131 + x × 19 = 252 or, x = 6.368 ≈ 6

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound = XeF6

Question 52. A gas bulb of capacity contains 2.0 x 1021 molecules of nitrogen exerting a pressure of 7.57 x 103 N.m-2. Calculate the rms velocity and temperature of the gas. If the ratio of the most probable speed to the root mean square speed is 0.82, calculate the most probable speed of the molecules at this temperature.
Answer:

2.0 ×1021molecules of nitrogen are contained in

⇒ \(\frac{2 \times 10^{21}}{6.023 \times 10^{23}}=3.32 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2 \text { gas. }\)

Given that P = 7.57 × 103 N.m-2and V = 1

∴ P = 7.57× 103N.m-2= 7.57 × 103Pa

⇒ \(\frac{7.57 \times 10^3}{1.013 \times 10^5} \mathrm{~atm}=0.0747 \mathrm{~atm}\)

[since 1N.m-2 = IPa and latm = 1.013 × 105 Pa]

∴ \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{0.0747 \times 1}{3.32 \times 10^{-3} \times 0.0821}=274.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ Temperature of the gas = 274.05K

we know \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ Root mean square velocity of N2 molecules

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 274.05}{28}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

= 4.94 × 104cm.s-1

⇒ \(\text { Given that } \frac{c_m}{c_{r m s}}=0.82\left[c_m=\text { most probable speed }\right]\)

∴ \(c_m=0.82 \times c_{r m s}\)

=\(0.82 \times 4.94 \times 10^4\)

= \(4.05 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ The most probable velocity of the molecules = 4.05×104 cm.s-1

Question 53. The composition of the equilibrium mixture (Cl2 ⇌ 2Cl), which is attained at 1200°C, is determined by measuring the rate of effusion through a pin-hole. It is observed that at 1.80 mm Hg pressure, the mixture effuses 1.16 times as fast as Krypton effuses under the same conditions. Calculate the fraction of chlorine molecules dissociated into atoms. (Relative atomic mass of Kr = 84)
Answer:

If the rates of effusion of the equilibrium mixture and Kr gas are r1 and r2 then

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{Kr}}}{M}} ;\) where M= average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture.

Given that r1 = r2 ×1.16

∴ \(1.16=\sqrt{\frac{84}{M}}\)

∴ M = 62.42 g.mol-1

Let the initial amount of Cl2 gas be 1 mol and its degree of dissociation = x. Therefore, the number of moles of Cl2 and Cl at equilibrium will be as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{Cl}\)

Initial number of moles:

Number of moles at equilibrium

∴ Total number of moles of Cl2 and Cl in the equilibrium mixture = 1 – x + 2x = 1 + x

Average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture

⇒  \(\frac{(1-x) M_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}+2 x \times M_{\mathrm{Cl}}}{1+x}=\frac{71}{1+x} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Now, \(\frac{71}{1+x}=62.42\) or, 62.42 + x × 62.42 = 71

∴ x= 0.1374

Fraction of Cl2 molecules dissociated into atoms = 13.74%

Question 54. The density of the vapour of a substance at 1 atm and 500K is 0.36 Kg-m-3. The vapour effuses through a hole at a rate of 1.13 times faster than O2 under the same condition. Determine, the molar mass, molar volume, and Compression factor of the vapour and which forces among the gas molecules are dominating attractive or repulsive. If vapour behaves ideally at 1000K, find the average translational kinetic energy of a molecule.
Answer:

If the rates of effusion ofthe vapour and O2 gas are r1 and r2 respectively then

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

∴ \(1.33=\sqrt{\frac{32}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

The molar mass of the vapour = 18.09g-mol-1

The molar volume of the vapour

⇒\(\frac{\text { Molar mass of the vapour }}{\text { density of the vapour }}\)

= \(\frac{18.09 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.36 \times 1000 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}}=50.25 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(Z=\frac{P V_m}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 50.25}{0.0821 \times 500}=1.224\)

[Vm = molar volume] Hence, Z >1

Z> 1 indicates that the vapour shows a positive deviation from ideal behaviour. This kind of deviation occurs in gas when the effect of intermolecular repulsive forces dominates over the effect of intermolecular attractive forces.

Average translational kinetic energy of a molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{2} \times 1.32 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 1000 \mathrm{~K}=1.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~J}\)

Question 55. The compressibility factor for 1 mole of a van der Waals gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.5. Assuming that the volume of a gas molecule is negligible, calculate the van der Waals constant, a.
Answer:

Compressibility factor \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

Given that Z = 0.5, n = 1 mol, T – 273K and = 100 atm

∴ \(V=\frac{Z \times n R T}{P}=\frac{0.5 \times 1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}{100} \mathrm{~L}=0.112 \mathrm{~L}\)

For 1 mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is—

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right)\left(V_m-b\right)=R T\left[V_m=\text { molar volume }\right]\)

As the volume of a gas molecule is assumed to be negligible, but, and hence Vm-b~ Vm

∴ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 0.5=1-\frac{a}{0.0821 \times 273 \times 0.112} ; \quad \text { hence, } a=1.255\)

Question 56. The pressure in a bulb dropped from 2000 to 1500 mm of Hgin 47 min when the contained oxygen leaked through a small hole. The bulb was then evacuated. A mixture of oxygen and another gas of molar mass 79 in the molar ratio of 1: 1 at a total pressure of 4000 mm of Hg was introduced. Find the molar ratio of two gases remaining in the bulb after 75 min.
Answer:

Decrease in pressure of O2 in 47 min=2000- 1500=500mmHg

Decrease in pressure of O2 in 74 min = \(=\frac{500}{47} \times 74=787.23\) mm kg

In the mixture, the mole ratio of O2 and the other gas =1: 1

So, mole-fraction of each of O2 and other gas in the mixture \(=\frac{1}{2}\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of \(\mathrm{O}_2=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000=\) 2000 mmHg and that of the other gas

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000 \mathrm{mmHg}=\) = 2000 mm kg If the rates of effusion of 02 gas and the other gas are r1 and respectively, then

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M}{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}\) [M= molar mass of other gas]

Now,\(r_1=\frac{787.23}{74} \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\)

= 10.63 mm hg. min-1

∴ \(r_2=r_1 \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M}}=10.63 \sqrt{\frac{32}{79}}=6.76 \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\)

Now, \(r_2=\frac{\begin{array}{l}
\text { the decrease in pressure of the other gas } \\\end{array}}{74}\)

∴ The decrease In pressure of the other gas = r2 × 74 = 6.76 × 74 = 500.24 mmHg

Therefore, In the mixture, partial pressure of O2 gas

= (2000- 787.23) 1212.77mmHg and that of the other gas =(2000- 500.24)=

1499.70 mm g Hence, the ratio of mole-fraction of the other gas to O2 gas

=1499.70: 1212.77 = 1.236: 1 In the mixture, the molar ratio of the two gases = 1.230: 1.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Chemical Thermodynamics Very Short Question And Answers

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Chemical Thermodynamics Very Short Question Answers

Question 1. Which type of system does not interact with its surroundings? Classify the following systems into open, closed, and isolated systems: a plant certain amount of a liquid enclosed in a container with rigid, impermeable, and adiabatic wall
Answer:

  1. Isolated System
  2. Open
  3. Isolated

Question 2. If the volume and density of 5g of pure iron sample are ‘ V’ and ‘ d.’ respectively then what will be the volume and density of 10 g of the same sample?
Answer: Volume = 2 V; density = d

Question 3. The specific heat capacity of 10g of a sample of aluminum is x cal. g-1 K-1 . Is the value of the specific heat capacity of 5g of that sample\(\frac{x}{2}\) cal .g-1 K-1?
Answer:  No, because it is a state property of the system.

Chemical Thermodynamics VSAQs Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 4. On which factors does the change in a state function depend?
Answer: Upon initial and final states of the system.

Question 5. The initial state of a system is ‘This system participates in the following process: A→B→C→A. What will be the change in the internal energy of the system in this process?
Answer: Zero

Question 6. At T K, what will be the value of (H- U) for 1 mol of ideal gas?
Answer: RT

Question 7. In an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, both ΔH and ΔU are zero. What will be the values of ΔU and ΔH in the isothermal compression of an ideal gas?
Answer: ΔH = 0; ΔU = 0

Question 8. What will be the value of the change in internal energy of a process occurring in an isolated system?
Answer: Zero

Question 9. In a process, q cal heat is absorbed by a closed system. If work done by the system is w cal, then what will be the value of the change in internal energy (ΔU) in this process?
Answer: ΔU = q-w,

Question 10. For a process occurring in a closed system, ΔU = q. If only pressure-volume work is performed by the system then which type of process is this?
Answer: Isochoric

Question 11. The amount of heat released by a system at constant pressure is 20 kj. What will be the value of ΔH in this process?
Answer: ΔH = -20 kj

Question 34. For an ideal gas C V,m = J mol-1 K-1. What will be the value of Cp m?
Answer: 20.784 J.mol-1-K-1?

Question 12. A liquid in a closed adiabatic container is stirred. Among ΔU, w, and q, which one will be zero?
Answer: q = 0

Question 13. If the temperature of I mol of an ideal gas is doubled then what will be the change in value of internal energy? Will it increase, decrease, or remain the same?
Answer: Will increase.

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Chemical Thermodynamics Very Short Questions & Answers

Question 14. 2H2 + O2-2H2O , AH = -571.6 kj. Does this equation express the thermochemical equation for the formation of H2O?
Answer: No, because the physical states of the reactants and products are not mentioned in the reaction.

Question 15. What temperature and pressure are usually considered as the standard state of a substance?
Answer: Pressure = 1 atm, any temperature may be considered.

Question 16. Which allotropic form of carbon is considered a source of carbon in the formation reactions of carbon compounds at 25°C and 1 atm?
Answer: C(graphite,s).

Question 17. Which of the following two reactions indicates the formation reaction of HI(g) at 25°C and 1 atm?

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{HI}(g)\)

Answer: Reaction because the standard state of means than iodine is I2(s).

Question 18. Between O2(g) and O3(g), whose standard enthalpy of formation (ΔH0f) is taken as zero at 1 atm and 25°C?
Answer: O2 (g) because at 25°C the standard state of oxygen is O2(g)

Question 19. In which of the following reactions the standard heat of reaction is equal to the standard heat of formation of CaBr2(s) at 25°C?

  • Ca(s) + Br2(l)-CaBr2(s)
  • Ca(s) + Br2(g)-CaBr2(s)

Answer: Reaction (1), because at 25X the standard state of bromine is Br2(l).

Question 20. Heat is required to vaporize 1 g of water at 100°C and 1 atm is 2.26kj. What is the enthalpy of vaporization of water at this temperature and pressure?
Answer: 40.68 kj

Question 21. 1 mol of H2O(Z) is formed when 1 mol of H+ ions and 1 mol of OH- ions react together in aqueous solution. Does this reaction represent the formation reaction of water?
Answer: No, because H2O(f) is not formed from its constituent elements.

Question 22. Consider the reactions

  • A2(s) + B2(g)-+A2(g) + B2(g); AH = -x kj
  • A2(g) + B2(g)-+2AB(g) ; AH = -y kj .

What is the value of the change in enthalpy for the following reaction A2(s) + B2(g)-+2AB(g)?
Answer: — (X + y) kJ ;

Question 23. S(monoclinic, s)-S(rhombic, s). What is the enthalpy change of this process called?
Answer: Heat of transformation

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Thermodynamics VSAQs

Question 24. \(\mathrm{H}_2(g)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) ;\) \(\Delta H^0=-228.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \text { if } \Delta H_f^0\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]=0\) then what will be the value of AH0Of[OH-] ?
Answer: -228.5 kj mol-1

Question 25. The bond dissociation energies of three A-B bonds in ΔB3(g) molecule are x,y, and zkj-mol-1 respectively. What is the bond energy of the A- B bond?
Answer: l/3(x + y + z)kJ-mol-1

Question 26. Why is the heat of reaction of a reaction occurring in a bomb calorimeter equal to the change in internal energy of the reaction system?
Answer: The volume of the reaction system remains the same.

Question 27. In the case of diatomic gaseous I molecule 33. -7.43kJ -mol-1 ;
Answer: In the case of diatomic gaseous molecules.

Question 28. What will be the difference between ΔH and ΔU in the combustion reaction of C10H8(g) at 25°C?
Answer: -7.43kJ -mol-1

Question 29. Write down the relation between ΔH and ΔU for the following reaction: CH3COOH(aq) + NaOH(a<y)-CH3COONa(ag) + H2O(l)
Answer: zero

Question 30. If the bond energy of the C- H bond is +416.18 kj .mol-1, then what will be the enthalpy of the formation of the C-H bond?
Answer: 416.18kJ. mol-1

Question 31. What is the most important feature of Hess’s law?
Answer: It is used to determine the heat of the reaction;

Question 32. The standard bond dissociation energy of A2(g), B2(g) and AB(g) molecules are x,y, and zkj-mol-1 respectively. What will be the standard enthalpy of the formation of AB(g)?
Answer: [z- 1 /2(x + y)]kj . mol-1

Question 33. At temperature T K the difference between ΔH and ΔU for the following reaction is \(+\frac{1}{2} R T: \mathrm{A}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~B}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{AB}(\mathrm{g}).\) What is the physical state of (solid or gas)?
Answer: Soild [A(s)]

Question 34. Give an example of a spontaneous process in which the change in enthalpy of the system is positive.
Answer: Melting of ice above 0°C,

Chemical Thermodynamics Very Short Questions and Answers Class 11

Question 35. What will be the signs of enthalpy change and entropy change for a process to be spontaneous at all temperatures?
Answer: ΔH < 0 , ΔS > 0

Question 36. What will be the signs of AG for melting ice at 267K and 276K temperature and atm pressure?
Answer: ΔG> 0 ΔG < 0

Question 37. Water and ice remain in equilibrium at 0°C and 1 atm pressure. What will be the value of AG and the sign of the S system at this equilibrium?
Answer: ΔG = 0 , ΔSsys>0,

Question 38. Which one of the following relation or expression is true for a spontaneous process of ΔG = 0, ΔH=TΔS, ΔG > 0, ΔG < 0?
Answer: AG<0

Question 39. What will be the sign of entropy change for the process I2(g)-+I2(s)?
Answer: ΔS = -ve

Question 40. What will be the change in entropy of the surroundings in a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system?
Answer: Zero

Question 41. Is the entropy of the universe constant?
Answer: No, increases continuously

Question 42. Give an example of a process in which the change in enthalpy of the system is negative.
Answer: Solidification of liquid

Question 43. what sign (or-) of entropy change in an endothermic relation makes the reaction Non-spontaneous at any temperature?
Answer: ΔS < 0,

Question 44. In which case the Δsys will lie maximum between die following two processes ice – water I2(s) – l2(g)
Answer: I2(s) – l2(g)

Question 45. Predict the sign of AS0 for the given reaction. \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(g)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+2 \mathrm{SO}_2(g)\)
Answer: – ve

Question 46. Does die Gibbs free energy of a substance decrease or increase if the amount of the substance is increased?
Answer: Will increase

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Thermodynamics VSAQs

Question 7. In a process, the value of the change in entropy of the die system and its surroundings are x and -yj. IC-1 . If x > y, then will the process be spontaneous?
Answer: No

Question 48. The change in entropy of the system in a process A -4 B -4 C is 25 J K-1. If the change in entropy of the system in step B → C is 15 J K-1, then what will be the change in entropy of the system in step B→ A?
Answer: -10J.K-1

Question 49. Which is not a state function: (q+w), w, H, G?
Answer: ‘ w’ is not a state function it is not a property of the system.

Question 50. In a process, a system absorbs 500J of heat and performs 800J of work. In the process, q =__________ w =__________
Answer: As the system absorbs heat. and performs work, q is + ve and w is -ve. Hence, q = +500 J and w – -800 J.

Question 51. In a process, a system releases 500J of heat and work done on the system is 300 J. In the process, q = w =
Answer: The system releases heat and work is done on the system i.e., q is -ve and w is +ve so, q = -500J, w = +300J.

Question 52. Is rusting of iron a spontaneous process? What is the entropy of a system? Give its mathematical definition. What is its unit?
Answer: Rusting of irony is a spontaneous process.

Question 53. For a reversible process A = -20 J. K-1. What will be the value of ASsun in this process?
Answer: In a reversible process, ΔSsys = (-) ΔSsurr As, Δ = -20 J⋅K-1.So, ΔSsurr = +20 J.K-1

Question 54. Write the SI unit of energy.
Answer: The SI unit of entropy is I K-

Question 55. A occurring in an isolated system does not have any effect on its surroundings and the process is ft influenced by its surroundings. Why?
Answer: An isolated system does not interact with its surroundings

Question 56. In a process, if the heat released by the system and 80 work done on the system are 90 ) and 120), respectively, then what will he of q and w?
Answer: q=-90J ad w=+120J.

Question 57. If the specific heat capacity and molecular mass of a gas are cp and M respectively then what will be the molar heat capacity of the gas?
Answer: Molar heat capacity of tyre gas, Cp,m = cp x M.

Question 58. Give examples of two processes where AS is zero
Answer: Adiabatic reversible process Cyclic process

Question 59. What will be the change in entropy in an irreversible cyclic process?
Answer: As entropy is a state function, the change in entropy in either a reversible or an irreversible cyclic process is zero.

Question 60. Are the given statements correct? If bent Is absorbed In a chemical reaction, the reaction cannot be spontaneous. The entropy of the system may decrease In a reaction, but the reaction can occur spontaneously
Answer: The statement is incorrect is correct

Question 61. Which of the following conditions favours the spontaneity of a reaction at a constant temperature and pressure? ΔH > 0 , ΔH < 0 , ΔS > 0 , ΔS < 0
Answer: The conditions of ΔH < 0 and ΔS > 0 favour a reaction to be spontaneous at a constant temperature and pressure.

Question 62. For 311 isolated systems, ΔU = 0, what will be AS?
Answer: For a spontaneous process occurring in an isolated system AS is positive (i.e., ΔS > 0 ).

Question 63. Write the SI unit of entropy
Answer: SI unit of entropy: J. K-1. mol-1

Question 164. State the condition of spontaneity and equilibrium in terms of Gibbs free energy change of a system.
Answer: The condition of spontaneity regarding Gibbs free energy is AG < 0. The condition of equilibrium in terms of Gibbs free energy is AG = 0.

Question 165. Which variable is kept constant in an isochoric process?
Answer: Volume is kept constant in an isochoric process.

Question 166. In a process, 600J of heat is absorbed by a system, and 300J of work is done by the system. Calculate the change in internal energy of the system
Answer: Given: q = +600J, w = -300J. So, change in internal energy, ΔH = q + w = (600- 300)J = 300J

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Thermodynamics Short Answer Questions & Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 6 Chemical Thermodynamics Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The sign of A U in the adiabatic expansion of a gas is ____________.
Answer: -ve

Question 2. In a process q > 0, but w = 0, So, the internal energy of the system will (Increase/decrease) ____________
Answer: Increase

Question 3. According to first Jaw, for a cyclic process q+w =____________
Answer: 0

Question 4. The volume of a substance is a property while the molar volume of a substance is an____________property.
Answer: Extensive, intensive

Chapter 6 Chemical Thermodynamics VSAQs NCERT Solutions

Question 5. The specific heat capacity of a substance is a; cal. g-1.°C-1. The specific heat capacity of 100 g of that substance will be____________
Answer: x cal. g-1 °C1

Question 6. The molar heat capacity of a substance at constant pressure is ____________than that at constant volume.
Answer: Greater;

Question 7. In the vaporization of water, the signs of q and w are ____________and respectively.
Answer: q = + ve , w = -ve;

Question 8. For a process occurring at constant volume, U= + 10 kj. In this process, q = ____________
Answer: q = +10 kJ;

Question 9. In isothermal expansion of 1 mol of an ideal gas, q = + 12 kJ. The value of w = and A U =____________
Answer: w = -12 kJ , AU = 0

Question 10. In an alchemical reaction, if the total enthalpies of reactants and products are HR and Hp respectively then Hp > HR for____________ reaction and HR > Hp for ____________reaction.
Answer: Endothermic, exothermic

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Thermodynamics VSAQs

Question 11. At 25°C, the standard state of liquid ethanol means ____________ethanol at 25 °C and____________ pressure.
Answer: Pure liquid, 1 atm

Question 12. Given: C3H8(g) + 5O2(g)→3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l) and C3H2(g) + 5O2(S)→3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g). At a fixed temperature and pressure between these two reactions the heat evolved in the second reaction is more than that in the first one.
Answer: Less

Question 13. At 25°C and 1 atm, the standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction C(graphite, s) + O2(g)→CO2(g) is the ____________ of CO2(g).
Answer: Standard enthalpy of formation;

Question 14. At 25°C and 1 atm, standard reaction enthalpy for the reaction, CH4(g) + 2O2(g)→ CO2(g) + 2H2O(Z) is ____________of CH4(g).
Answer: Standard enthalpy of combustion

Question 15. The change in enthalpy for die reaction HCN(aq) + NaOH(aq)—>NaCN(aq) + H2O(Z) is ____________than the change ih! ^enthalpy for the reacdon HCI {aq) + NaOH(aq)→NaCl(aq) + H2O(/).
Answer: Less

Question 16. The change in enthalpy for the process KCl(s) + 100H20(l)-KCl(100H2O) is called____________.
Answer: Integral heat of solution

Question 17. At 25°C and 1 atm if the bond energy of Cl2(g) is 242 kj.mol-1, then the standard enthalpy of atomization of chlorine at the same temperature = ____________.
Answer: 121KJ.mol-1

Question 18. In a reaction Δsys= xJ.K-1 and ΔSsurr = -yJ.K-1. The reaction will be spontaneous if ____________
Answer: x>y

Question 19. In the cyclic process ΔB Δ the changes in entropy of the system are ΔS1, ΔS2, and ΔS3. ΔS1 + ΔS2 + ΔS3 =____________.
Answer: Zero

Question 20. NH4Cl(s) + H2O(l) → NH4+(aq) + Cl(aq). It is an endothermic process. In this process the signs (+ or -) of____________ ΔSsys and ΔSsurr  are and respectively.
Answer: Δsys > 0 and ASsun < 0

Very Short Question and Answer Chemical Thermodynamics Class 11

Question 21. A reaction is non-spontaneous at all temperatures but the____________
reverse reaction is spontaneous at all temperatures. The signs (+ or – ) of ΔH and ΔS for the reverse reaction are____________and respectively.
Answer:  ΔH < 0 and Δsys

Question 22. In an exothermic process Δsys< 0. In this reaction the sys sign (+ or – ) of ASsurr is____________. This reaction will be spontaneous if the numerical value of Ssys is higher than that of ASsurr.
Answer: +ve, less

Question 23. In a spontaneous process occurring at constant pressure and at temperature T K, ΔH > 0, ΔS > 0. In this process, the numerical value of ΔH is ____________ than that of____________.
Answer: Less, TΔS

Question 24. A process is always spontaneous at all temperatures if the enthalpy change is and entropy changes is _______
Answer: —ve and +ve.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Very Short Questions And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Very Short Questions And Answers

Question 1. In which of the following two reactions does HNPO3 not act as an oxidizing agent? Explain 
Answer: 2

Question 2. Which one of the following two reactions is a redox reaction?
Answer: 2

Question 3. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of S. Na2S4O6, H2S2O7, H2SO3, Na2S2O3
Answer: Na2S2O3 < Na2S4Og < H2SO3 < H2S2O7

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 4. Give an example of a compound In which The mime element exists In two different oxidation slates.
Answer: NH4NO3

Question 5. Given an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of N=+1.
Answer: N2O

Redox Reactions VSAQs Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8

Question 6. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of O r2.
Answer: OF2

Question 7. What Is the oxidation number of Fe In Po(CO)s?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 8. What is the oxidation number of sodium In sodium amalgam?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 9. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number and valency of an element In the compound are the same.
Answer: CCl4

Question 10. What are the oxidation numbers of three C -atoms In C3O2?
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\mathrm{O},\)

Question 11. What Is the oxidation number of carbon In CCOCH3?
Answer: -4/3

Question 12. What type of redox reaction does the given reaction belong to? \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+\mathrm{SO}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{~S}\)
Answer: Comproportlonation

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Very Short Answer Questions & Answers

Question 13. Which of the following Is unable to participate in disproportionation reaction? CIO-, ClO2, ClO3, ClO4
Answer: CIO¯4

Question 14. In which of the following ions does Fe exist in the same oxidation state? \(\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{4-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{3-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_5 \mathrm{NO}^{2-}\right.\)
Answer: [Fe(CN6)]4‾ and [Fc(CN)gNO]2-

Question 15. What is the equivalent mass of CuSO4 in the given reaction? 2CuSO4 + \(2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4+4 \mathrm{KI} \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)
Answer: M

Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Very Short Answer Solutions Class 11

Question 16. What is the average oxidation number of Fe in \(\mathrm{Fe}_4\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]_3\)?
Answer: \(+\frac{18}{7}\)

Question 17. Which one is the oxidizing agent in the given reaction: Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, \(\mathrm{AsO}_2^{-}+\mathrm{Sn}^{2+} \rightarrow \mathrm{As}+\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: AsO‾²

Question 18. Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, 4KCIO2(g) → 3KClO4(g) + KCl(g)?
Answer: Cl is reduced and oxidized simultaneously

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions VSAQs

Question 19. How many moles of electrons will be required to reduce 1 mol NO3 ion to hydrazine in the acidic medium?
Answer: 7 mol

Question 20. In an alkaline medium, ClO2 oxidizes H2O2 to O2 and itself reduces to Cl ion. How many moles of H2O2 will be oxidized by 1 mol of ClO2?
Answer: 2.5 mol

Question 21. In the basic medium, KNO2 is oxidized by KMnO4, forming KNO3. How many moles of KMnO4 are required to oxidize 1 mol of KNO2?
Answer: 2/3 mol

Question 22. Calculate— the number of mol of KMnO4 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium, The number of mol of K2Cr2O7 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium
Answer: 0.6 mol

Question 23. Calculate the equivalent mass of the underlined Compounds.
Answer: 183.75 16.5

Very Short Questions and Answers Redox Reactions Class 11

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Oxidation number of N in Mg3N2 is_________________.
Answer: -3

Question 2. An element can exist in +1, 0, +5 oxidation states. In a compound, if the element exists in a state, then the compound can participate in a disproportionation reaction.
Answer: +1

Question 3. The oxidation number of S in (CH3)2SO is_________________.
Answer: +4

Question 4. The number of electron(s) involved in the reaction, IO¯3 →I‾ in basic medium, is_________________.
Answer: 6

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 VSAQs on Redox Reactions

Question 5. The equivalent mass of SO2 in the reaction, SO2 →\(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) in acidic medium is_________________.
Answer: 32

Question 6. \(\mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+x \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+y e^{-} \rightarrow\left[\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_x\right]^{-}+x \mathrm{OH}^{-}\), where y =_________________.
Answer: 3

Question 7. The oxidation number of Mo in [Mo2O4-(C2H4)2(H2O2)]2+ is_________________.
Answer: +5

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Short Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Short Question And Answers

Question 1. An oxidizing agent KH(IO3)2 in the presence of 4.0 (N) HCI gives KCl as a product. Determine the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2. [K = 39, I = 127]
Answer:

According to the question, NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Oxidation number

In the reaction, the change in oxidation number of each I -atom = + 5- (+1) = 4 units.

So, for two -atoms present in 1 molecule of KH(IO3)2, the total change in oxidation number

= 2 × 4 = 8 units.

So, in acid medium, the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2

⇒ \(\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{KH}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2}{\text { Total change in oxidation number }}\)

= \(\frac{390}{8}=48.75\)

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 2. Find the oxidation number of carbon in methanal and methanoic acid.
Answer:

Methanal: The oxidation number of C in the HCHO molecule = 0.

Methanol acid: Suppose the oxidation number of C in methanoic acid.

2 × (+1)(for two H-atoms)  + x + 2 × (-2) (for two O-atoms)  = 0

2 × (+1)+ x + 2 × (-2) = 0

Hence, the oxidation number of C in the HCOOH molecule = +2.

Short Question and Answers Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 3. What will be the change in the oxidation number of Mn when MnO2 is melted with solid KNO3 & NaOH?
Answer:

Potassium manganate is produced when MnO2 is melted in the presence of solid KNO3 and NaOH.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+2 \mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{KNO}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{MnO}}{ }_4+\mathrm{KNO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

So in this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases from +4 to +6 i.e., a change in the oxidation number of

Mn = 6 – 4

= 2 unit

Question 4. The compound AgF2 is unstable. However, if formed, the compound acts as a very strong oxidizing agent. Why?
Answer:

AgF2 can be prepared, although it is not a stable compound. This is because the oxidation state of Ag in AgF2 is +2, which is not the stable oxidation state of Ag.

The stable oxidation state of Ag is +1. As a result, Ag2+ in AgF2 quickly reduces to Ag+ by gaining an electron (Ag2++ e→Ag+). This brings about the instability of AgF2 and makes it a very strong oxidizing agent.

Question 5. Write formulas for the following compounds:

  1. Mercury chloride
  2. Nickel sulphate
  3. Tin 4
  4. Oxide
  5. Thallium sulphate Iron(3)
  6. Sulphate Chromium(3) oxide

Answer:

  1. HgCl2
  2. NiSO4
  3. SnO2
  4. TI2SO4
  5. Fe2(SO4)3
  6. Cr2O3.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Short Questions & Answers

Question 6. A clement has three oxidation numbers, +6, +7, and +4. If it exhibits a +7 oxidation number in a compound, will the compound be able to participate In a disproportionation reaction?
Answer:

The compound cannot undergo a disproportionation reaction. This is because the element in the compound exists in its highest oxidation state. The compound would have been able to undergo a disproportionation reaction if the element existed in the +6 oxidation state in the compound, as this oxidation state lies between the oxidation states +7 and +4.

Question 7. For an element to undergo a disproportionation reaction, at least how many oxidation states should the clement exhibit?
Answer:

When an element undergoes a disproportionation reaction or oxidation state, the element changes in the following way

Intermediate- Higher oxidation + Lower oxidation

Example: The reaction of Cl2 with cold and dilute NaOH is a disproportionation reaction.

So. an element will be able to undergo disproportionation reactionist exhibits at least three oxidation states

Question 8. An element can show 0, 1, and +5 oxidation states. The oxidation numbers of the element In two compounds are -1 and +5. Is a disproportionation reaction involving these two compounds possible?
Answer:

In a comproportionation reaction, two reactants in which a particular element exists in different oxidation states, react to form a substance in which that element exists in an intermediate oxidation state.

The given oxidation states of the element in two compounds are -1 and +5. So, if these two compounds together undergo a compo-portionation reaction, they will form a substance in which the element will exist in a zero oxidation state. This oxidation state lies between -1 and +5. Hence, the two compounds together can undergo a comproportionation reaction

Question 9. Find the oxidation state of C-l and C-2 In CH3CH2OH.
Answer:

The oxidation number of the three H -atoms attached to C-2 = +1. Therefore, the total oxidation number of three Hatorns = +3. For the C — C bond, the oxidation number of the C-2 atom does not change.

So, the oxidation number of the C-2 atom =-3. Now, die total oxidation number of two H -atoms attached to the C-1 atom =+2. Again, the oxidation number of the —OH group attached to the C-1 atom =-l.

Hence, the total oxidation number of two H -atoms and one linked to the C-l atom =+→2 + (-1) = +1. Thus, the oxidation number of C-1 Hence, die oxidation states of C-1 and C-2 in CH3CH, OH are -1 and -3 respectively.

Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Short Answer Questions

Question 10. 1 mol N2H4 loses 10 mol of electrons with, the formation of 1 mol of a new compound Y. If the new compound contains the same number of N-atoms then what will be the oxidation number of nitrogen in the new compound? (Assume that the oxidation number of the H -atom does not change.
Answer:

The oxidation number of each N -atom in N2H2 = -2 As given, 1 mol N2H4→1 mol Y + 10 moles.

Suppose, the oxidation of a million of N in its molecule of Y – x.

Total oxidation uninbor of two N -Moms In Y molecule -Oxidation number of two N atoms In N2H4 molecule = 2 × (-2) + I or, x = + 3

The oxidation number of each N-atom In compound Y = +3

Question 11. Fluorine reacts with ice and results in the change: H2O(s) + F2(g)-+HF(g) + HOF(g); Justify that this reaction is a redox reaction.
Answer:

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}}^{-2}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}{ }_2(g) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~F}}^{}(g)+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{HOF}}^{0-1}(g)\)

In the reaction, H2O undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number,0 increases (-2 to 0 and F2 undergoes reduction as the oxidation number of F decreases (0 to -1). Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions Short Answer Questions Class 11 NCERT

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Warm-Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. Give two examples of nitrogen-containing compounds, in one of which, the oxidation state N-atom is +1, while in the other compound, N-atoms exist in two different oxidation states.
Answer:

The Oxidation number of N in N2O is +1. The Oxidation Numbers Of Two N-atoms in NH4NO3 are -3 and +5 respectively

Question 2. CO3O4 is an oxide of CO3 and CO2 If its formula is Cox(2)Co,(m)O4, then what is the value of x and y?
Answer:

The sum of the oxidation number of the elements in a compound is equal to zero.

So, for Co2(2)COy(3)O4, 2x+3y-4 × 2 = 0

Or, 2x+ 3y = 8

The only solution for this equation is x = 1 and y = 2.

Question 3. How many electrons should A2H3 liberate so that In the new compound, A shows an oxidation number of \(-\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer:

Let, A2H3 will liberate x electrons.

Therefore \(2 \times\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)+3 \times(+1)=+x\)

Or, -1+3 = +x or, x = 2.

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Short Questions

Question 4. Give an example of an oxygen-containing compound for each of the following oxidation states of oxygen: \(+1,-\frac{1}{2},-1\)
Answer:

The oxidation states of O in O2F2, KO2 And H2Oare \(+1,-\frac{1}{2} \text { and }-1\) respectively

Question 5. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of N. Mg3N2, NH2OH, (N2H5)2SO4, [CO(NH3)5CI]CI2
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Mg}_3 \mathrm{~N}_2<\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4<\mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}<\left[\mathrm{Co}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_5 \mathrm{Cl}\right] \mathrm{Cl}_2 ;\) 

Question 6. What are the values of a and b in the given redox reaction?

\(a \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{NH}_3 \rightarrow b \mathrm{KNO}_3+\mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer:

a = 8,b = 3

Chapter 8 Redox Reactions Short Question Solutions Class 11

Question 7. Write the half-reactions of the given redox reaction

\(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer:

\(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e\)

\(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 8. Iodine reacts with sodium sulfate, a neutral medium. Write the balanced equation of this reaction. Calculate the equivalent mass of sodium thiosulfate in this reaction. (Assume molecular mass of sodium thiosulfate =M).
Answer:

\(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\)

Equivalent mass = M.